|
BEND OVER AMERICA
03/30/97
Mark Twain: "You see, my kind of loyalty was loyalty to one's country,
not to institutions or its officeholders. The country is the real
thing; it is the thing to watch over and care for and be loyal to; institutions
extraneous, they are its mere clothing, and clothing can wear out, become
ragged, cease to be comfortable, cease to protect the body from winter,
disease, and death. To be loyal to rags, to shout for rags, to worship
rags, to die for rags--that is a loyalty of unreason; it is pure animal;
it belongs to monarchy; was invented by monarchy; let monarchy keep it.
I was from Connecticut, whose constitution declared "That all political
power is inherent in the people, and all free governments are founded on
their authority and instituted for their benefit, and that they have at
all times an undeniable and indefensible right to alter their form of government
in such a manner as they think expedient." Under that gospel, the
citizen who thinks that the Commonwealth's political clothes are worn out
and yet holds his peace and does not agitate for a new suit is disloyal;
he is a traitor. That he may be the only one who thinks he sees this
decay does not excuse him; it is his duty to agitate, anyway, and it is
the duty of others to vote him down if they do not see the matter as he
does."
Congressional Record,
April 9, 1934
Mark Twain has stated very well what needs to be the motivation of all
patriots, but any new government with leaders that do not allow God Almighty's
Word and Law to reign Supreme will return to the ashes in which it was
begun.
GUIDE TO THE FOOTNOTES
Footnote #1 - Chronology
of North Carolina Governors and Original
Virginia Colony, page
15
Footnote #2 - Virginia
Charter, 1609, page 18
Footnote #3 - Virginia
Charter, 1621, page 27
Footnote #4 - Charter
creating the Council of State, 1621, page 29
Footnote #5 - Carolina
Charter, 1663, page 31
Footnote #6 - Carolina
Charter granting Proprietorship to eight lords, 1669, page 42
Footnote #7 - Florida
Charter, 1763, page 65
Footnote #8 - Hudson
Bay Charter, 1670, page 69
Footnote #9 - North
Carolina Constitution, 1776, page 80
Footnote #10 - North
Carolina Constitution, 1789, and latter amendments, page 88
Footnote #11 - Congressional
Record, page 127
PART II
It's not an easy thing having to tell someone they have been conned into
believing they are free. For some, to accept this is comparable to
denying God Almighty.
You have to be made to understand that the United States is a corporation,
which is a continuation of the corporate Charters created by the king of
England. And that the states upon ratifying their individual State
constitutions, became sub corporations under and subordinate to the United
States. The counties and municipalities became sub corporations under
the State Charters. It is my duty to report further evidence concerning
the claims I made in "The United States is Still a British Colony, part
1."
I have always used a copy of the North Carolina Constitution provided by
the State, I should have known better to take this as the final authority.
To my knowledge the following quote has not been in the Constitution the
State hands out or those in use in the schools. The 1776 North Carolina
Constitution created a new corporate Charter, and declared our individual
freedoms. However, the same corporate Charter, reserved the king's
title to the land, which restored, and did not diminish, his grants that
were made in his early Charters. If you remember, I made
the claim that legally we are still subject to the king. In the below
quote you will see that the king declares our taxation will be forever,
and that a fourth of all gold and silver will be returned to him.
"YIELDlNG AND PAYING
yearly, to us, our heirs and Successors, for
the same, the yearly
Rent of Twenty Marks of Lawful money of England, at the Feast of All Saints,
yearly, forever, The First payment thereof to begin and be made on the
Feast of All Saints which shall be in the year of Our Lord One thousand
six hundred Sixty and five; AND also, the fourth part of all Gold and Silver
Ore which, with the limits aforesaid, shall, from time to time, happen
to be found."
(Feast of All Saints
occurred November 1 of each year.) The Carolina Charter, 1663 footnote
#5
I know Patriots will have a hard time with this, because as I said earlier,
they would have to deny what they have been taught from an early age.
You have to continue to go back in historical documents and see if what
you have been taught is correct. The following quote is from section
25 of the 1776 North Carolina Constitution, Declaration of Rights.
"And provided further,
that nothing herein contained shall affect the titles or possessions of
individuals holding or claiming under the laws heretofore in force, or
grants heretofore made by the late King George II, or his predecessors,
or the late lords proprietors, or any of them." Declaration of Rights 1776,
North Carolina Constitution, Footnote #8
Can it be any plainer? Nobody reads, they take what is told to them
by their schools and government as gospel, and never look any further.
They are quick to attack anyone that does because it threatens their way
of life, rocks the boat in other words. Read the following quote
from a court case:
"* * * definition given by Blackstone, vol. 2, p. 244. I shall therefore
only cite that respectable authority in his own words: "Escheat, we may
remember, was one of the fruits and consequences of feudal tenure; the
word itself is originally French or Norman, in which language it signifies
chance or accident, and with us denotes an obstruction of the course of
descent, and a consequent determination of the tenure by some unforeseen
contingency, in which case the estate naturally results back, by a kind
of reversion, to the original grantor, or lord of the fee."
Every person knows in what manner the citizens acquired the property of
the soil within the limits of this State. Being
dissatisfied with the
measures of the British Government, they revolted from it, assumed the
government into their own hands, seized and took possession of all the
estates of the King of Great Britain and his subjects, appropriated them
to their own use, and defended their possessions against the claims of
Great Britain, during a long and bloody war, and finally obtained
a relinquishment of those claims by the Yreaty of Paris. But this State
had no title to the territory prior to the title of the King of Great Britain
and his subjects, nor did it ever claim as lord paramount to them. This
State was not the original grantor to them, nor did they ever hold by any
kind of tenure under the
State, or owe it any
allegiance or other duties to which an escheat is annexed. How then can
it be said that the lands in this case naturally result back by a kind
of reversion to this State, to a source from whence it never issued, and
from tenants who never held under it? Might it not be stated with equal
propriety that this country escheated to the King of Great Britain from
the Aborigines, when he drove them off, and took and maintained possession
of their country? At the time of the revolution, and
before the Declaration of Independence, the
collective body of the
people had neither right to nor possession of the territory of this State;
it is true some individuals had a right to, and were in possession of certain
portions of it, which they held under grants from the King of Great Britain;
but they did not hold, nor did any of his subjects hold, under the collective
body of the people, who had no power to grant any part of it. After the
Declaration of Independence and the establishment of the Constitution,
the people may be said first to have taken possession of this country,
at least so much of it as was not previously appropriated to individuals.
Then their sovereignty commenced, and with it a right to all the property
not previously vested
in individual citizens, with all the other rights of sovereignty, and among
those the right of escheats. This sovereignty did not accrue to them by
escheat, but by conquest, from the King of Great Britain and his subjects;
but they acquired nothing by that means from the citizens of the State
Ä each individual had, under this view of the case, a right to retain
his private property, independent of the reservation in the declaration
of rights; but if there could be any doubt on that head, it is clearly
explained and obviated by the proviso in that instrument. Therefore, whether
the State took by right of
conquest or escheat,
all the interest which the U. K. had previous to the Declaration of Independence
still remained with them, on every principle of law and equity, because
they are purchasers for a valuable consideration, and being in possession
as cestui que trust under the statute for transferring uses into possession;
and citizens of this State, at the time of the Declaration of Independence,
and at the time of making the declaration of rights, their interest is
secured to them beyond the reach of any Act of Assembly; neither can it
be affected by
any principle arising
from the doctrine of escheats, supposing, what I do not admit, that the
State took by escheat."
MARSHALL v. LOVELESS,
1 N.C. 412 (1801), 2 S.A. 70
There was no way we could have had a perfected title to this land.
Once we had won the Revolutionary War we would had to have had an unconditional
surrender by the king, this did not take place. Not what took place
at Yorktown, when we let the king off the hook. Barring this, the
king would have to had sold us this land, for us to have a perfected title,
just as the Indians sold their land to the king, or the eight Carolina
Proprietors sold Carolina back to the king. The treaty of 1783 did
not remove his claim and original title, because he kept the minerals.
This was no different than when king Charles II gave Carolina by Charter
to the lords that helped put him back in power; compare them and you will
see the end result is the same. The Charter to the lords is footnote
#6, where eight proprietors were given title to the land, but the king
retained the money and sovereignty for his heirs. The king could
not just give up America to the colonialist, nor would he. He would
violate his own law of Mortmain to put these lands in dead hands, no longer
to be able to be used by himself, or his heirs and successors. He
would also be guilty of harming his heirs and successors, by giving away
that which he declared in the following quotes, and there are similar quotes
in the other Charters:
"SAVING always,
the Faith, Allegiance, and Sovereign Dominion due to us, our heirs and
Successors, for the same; and Saving also, the right, title, and interest
of all and every our Subjects of the English Nation which are now Planted
within the Limits bounds aforesaid, if any be;..." The Carolina Charter,
1663
footnote #5
"KNOW YE, that
We, of our further grace, certain knowledge, and mere motion, HAVE thought
fit to Erect the same Tract of Ground, Country, and Island into a Province,
and, out of the fullness of our Royal power and Prerogative, WE Do, for
us, our heirs and Successors, Erect, Incorporate, and Ordain the same into
a province, and do call it the Province of CAROLINA, and so from henceforth
will have it called..." The Carolina Charter, 1663
footnote #5
The U.S. Constitution is a treaty between the states creating a corporation
for the king. In the below quote pay attention to the large "S" State
and the small "s" state. The large "S" State is referring to the
corporate State and it's sovereignty over the small "s" state, because
of the treaty.
Read the following quote:
"Headnote 5. Besides, the Treaty of 1783 was declared by an Act of Assembly
of this State passed in 1787, to be law in this State, and this State
by adopting the Constitution of the United States in 1789, declared the
treaty to be the supreme law of the land. The treaty now under consideration
was made, on the part of the United States, by a Congress composed of deputies
from each state, to whom were delegated by the Articles of Confederation,
expressly, "the sole and exclusive right and power of entering into treaties
and alliances"; and being ratified and made by them, it became a complete
national act, and the act and law of every state.
If, however, a subsequent sanction of this State was at all
necessary to make the
treaty law here, it has been had and repeated. By a statute passed in 1787,
the treaty was declared to be law in this State, and the courts of law
and equity were enjoined to govern their decisions accordingly. And in
1789 was adopted here the present Constitution of the United States, which
declared that all treaties made, or which should be made under the authority
of the United States, should be the supreme law of the land; and that the
judges in every state should be bound thereby; anything in the Constitution
or laws of any state to the contrary not withstanding. Surely, then,
the treaty is now law in this State, and the confiscation act, so far as
the treaty interferes with it, is annulled."
"By an act of the Legislature of North Carolina, passed in
April, 1777, it was,
among other things, enacted, "That all persons, being subjects of
this State, and now living therein, or who shall hereafter come to
live therein, who have traded immediately to Great Britain or Ireland,
within ten years last past, in their own right, or acted as factors, storekeepers,
or agents here, or in any of the United States of America, for merchants
residing in Great Britain or Ireland, shall take an oath of abjuration
and allegiance, or depart out of the State." Treaties are the "Law of the
Land" HAMILTON v. EATEN, 1 N.C. 641 (1796), HAMILTON v. EATEN. Ä
2 Mart., 1. U.S. Circuit Court.
(June Term, 1796.)
Your presence in the State makes you subject to its laws; read the following
quote:
"The states are to be
considered, with respect to each other, as independent sovereignties,
possessing powers completely adequate to their own government, in the exercise
of which they are limited only by the nature and objects of government,
by their respective constitutions and by that of the United States. Crimes
and misdemeanors committed within the limits of each are punishable only
by the jurisdiction of that state where they arise; for the right of punishing,
being founded upon the consent of the citizens, express or implied, cannot
be directed against those who never were citizens, and who likewise committed
the offense beyond the territorial limits of the state claiming jurisdiction.
Our Legislature may define and punish crimes
committed within the
State, whether by citizen or strangers; because the former are supposed
to have consented to all laws made by the Legislature, and the latter,
whether their residence be temporary or permanent, do impliedly agree to
yield obedience to all such laws as long as they remain in the State;"
STATE v. KNIGHT, 1 N.C.
143 (1799), 2 S.A. 70
Do you understand now? The treaty, the corporate Charter, the North
Carolina Constitution, by proxy of the electorates, created residence in
the large "S" State. Not by some further act you made. So how
can expatriation from the United States, remove your residence in the "State",
which was created by treaty, ratified by our Fore Fathers. As soon
as the corporate Charter (treaty) was ratified we returned to subjection
to the king of England, through the legal residence created by the treaty.
Remember in the quote I gave earlier, by treaty we recanted our declared
freedom, and returned to the king his sovereignty and title. In the
following quote you will see that
the State supreme court
sits by being placed by the general assembly:
NC Supreme Court History
Supreme Court of North Carolina A Brief
History:
"The legal and historical origins of the Supreme Court of North Carolina
lie in the State Constitution of 1776, which empowered the General Assembly
to appoint; Judges of the Supreme Courts of Law and Equity; and; Judges
of Admiralty.....The first meeting of the Court took place on January 1,
1819. The Court began holding two sittings, or ; terms, ; a year,
the first beginning on the second Monday in June and the second on the
last Monday in December. This schedule endured until the Constitution
of 1868 prescribed the first Mondays in January and July for the sittings.
Vacancies on the Court were filled temporarily by the Governor, with the
assistance and advice of the Council of State, until the end of the next
session of the state General Assembly."
From the internet, address
can be made available.
Council of State
What is the Council of
State, and where did it originate?
III. "The one of which
councils, to be called the council of state (and whose office shall chiefly
be assisting, with their care, advice, and circumspection, to the said
governor) shall be chosen, nominated, placed, and displaced, from time
to time, by us the said treasurer, council and company, and our successors:
which council of state shall
consist, for the present
only of these persons, as are here inserted,..."
IV. "The other council,
more generally to be called by the governor, once yearly, and no oftener,
but for very extraordinary and important occasions, shall consist for the
present, of the said council of state, and of two burgesses out of every
town, hundred, or other particular plantation, to be respectively chosen
by the inhabitants: which council shall be called The General Assembly,
wherein (as also in the said council of state) all matters shall be decided,
determined, and ordered by the greater part of the voices then present;
reserving to the
governor always a negative
voice. And this general assembly shall have free power, to treat, consult,
and conclude, as well of all emergent occasions concerning the public weal
of the said colony and every part thereof, as also to make, ordain, and
enact such general laws and orders, for the behoof of the said colony,
and the good government thereof, as shall, from time to time, appear necessary
or requisite;..." An Ordinance and Constitution of the
Virginia Company in
England. Footnote #4
The job of the 1st Council of State was to make sure the
governor followed the
kings wishes. The 2nd was the general
assembly, the laws they
passed had to conform to the king's law.
Read the following quote:
V. Whereas in all other
things, we require the said general
assembly, as also the
said council of state, to imitate and
follow the policy of
the form of government, laws, customs, and
manner of trial, and
other administration of justice, used in the
realm of England, as
near as may be even as ourselves, by his
majesty's letters patent,
are required.
VI. Provided, that no
law or ordinance, made in the said general
assembly, shall be or
continue in force or validity, unless the
same shall be solemnly
ratified and confirmed, in a general
quarter court of the
said company here in England, and so
ratified, be returned
to them under our seal; it being our intent
to afford the like measure
also unto the said colony, that after
the government of the
said colony shall once have been well
framed, and settled
accordingly, which is to be done by us, as by
authority derived from
his majesty, and the same shall have been
so by us declared, no
orders of court afterwards, shall bind the
said colony, unless
they be ratified in like manner in the
general assemblies.
In witness whereof we have hereunto set our
common seal the 24th
of July, 1621. . . .An Ordinance and
Constitution of the
Virginia Company in England. footnote #4
The Council of State still exists to day, although it has been modified
several times. The first major change came in the 1776, North
Carolina Constitution, read the below quotes:
16. "That the senate
and house of commons, jointly, at their
first meeting, after
each annual election, shall, by ballot,
elect seven persons
to be a council of state for one year; who
shall advise the governor
in the execution of his office; and
that four members shall
be a quorum; their advice and proceedings
shall be entered in
a journal, to be kept for that purpose only,
and signed by the members
present; to any part of which any
member present may enter
his dissent. And such journal shall be
laid before the general
assembly when called for by them."
footnote #9
19. "The governor,
for the time being, shall have power to draw
for and apply such sums
of money as shall be voted by the general
assembly, for the contingencies
of government, and be accountable
to them for the same.
He also may, by and with the advice of the
council of state, lay
embargoes, or prohibit the exportation of
any commodity, for any
term not exceeding thirty days, at any one
time in the recess of
the general assembly; and shall have the
power of granting pardons
and reprieves, except where the prosecution shall be carried on by the
general assembly, or the law shall otherwise direct; in which case, he
may, in the recess, grant a reprieve until the next sitting of the general
assembly; and he may exercise all the other executive powers of government,
limited and restrained, as by this constitution is mentioned, and according
to the laws of the State. And, on his death, inability, or absence from
the State, the speaker of the senate, for the time being, and in case of
his death, inability,
or absence from the
State, the speaker of the house of commons,
shall exercise the powers
of government, after such death, or during such absence or inability of
the governor, or speaker of the senate, or until a new nomination is made
by the general assembly."
footnote #9
20. "That, in every
case, where any officer, the right of whose
appointment is, by this
constitution, vested in the general
assembly, shall, during
their recess, die, or his office by other
means become vacant,
the governor shall have power, with the
advice of the council
of State, to fill up such vacancy, by
granting a temporary
commission, which shall expire at the end of
the next session of
the general assembly."
footnote #9
Also take notice who
was not allowed to serve as Council of
State:
26. "That no treasurer
shall have a seat, either in the senate,
house of commons, or
council of state, during his continuance in
that office, or before
he shall have finally settled his accounts
with the public, for
all the moneys which may be in his hands ,
at the expiration of
his office, belonging to the State, and hath
paid the same into the
hands of the succeeding treasurer."
27. "That no officer
in the regular army or navy, in the service
and pay of the United
States, of this State or any other State,
nor any contractor or
agent for supplying such army or navy with
clothing or provisions,
shall have a seat either in the senate ,
house of commons, or
council of state, or be eligible thereto;
and any member of the
senate, house of commons, or council of
state, being appointed
to ,and accepting of such office, shall
thereby vacate his seat."
28. "That no member of
the council of state shall have a seat,
either in the senate
or house of commons."
30. "That no secretary
of this State, attorney-general, or clerk
of any court of record,
shall have a seat in the senate, house of
commons, or council
of state."
footnote #9
The king continued to rule through the Council of State until several things
were in place, his bank, his laws and tradition. The king succeeded
by the acceptance of the American people that they were free, along with
the whole of our history not being taught in our schools. The next
change to the Council of State came at the conquest of this country, I
referred to this in part 1, and in A Country Defeated In Victory.
Read this quote from the 1868 North Carolina constitution,
Article 3, sec 14:
SEC. 14. "The Secretary
of State, Auditor, Treasurer,
Superintendent of Public
Works, and Superintendent of Public Instruction, shall constitute ex officio,
the Council of State, who shall advise the Governor in the execution of
his office, and three of whom shall constitute a quorum; their advice and
proceedings in this capacity shall be entered in a Journal, to be kept
for this purpose exclusively, and signed by the members present, from any
part of which any member may enter his dissent; and such journal shall
be placed before the General Assembly when called for by either House.
The Attorney General shall be, ex officio, the legal adviser of the Executive
Department."
Footnote #10
After the Civil War, the conquest of America, you see those that were allowed
to be Council of State, were elected officials. Under the 1776 North
Carolina Constitution, it was unlawful for these elected officials to be
Council of State. Why? Because, the king could not trust the
common man to obey him, now that they thought they were free. After
the Civil War the Council of State was no longer needed to fulfill the
public policy of the king, the Council of State still exists today, but
in a reduced capacity as far as the king goes. Now he had the 14th
Amendment, his lawyers in the government, his bankers in control of the
governments money, and above all greed that causes most in office to continue
the status quo.
The Federal Reserve, Taxes and Tax Court
What I will show you
next will shock you. I made brief mention in Part 1, that taxes paid
in this country were under treaty to the king of England. How about
if I told you that the law that created our taxes and this countries tax
court go back in history to William the Conqueror. And to further
help you understand the below definitions, exchequer is the British branch
of the Federal Reserve.
Exchequer: "The English
department of revenue. A very ancient court of record, set up by
William the Conqueror, as a part of the aula regia, and intended principally
to order the revenues of the crown, and to recover the king's debts and
duties. It was called exchequer, "scaccharium," from the checked
cloth, resembling a chessboard, which covers the table." Ballentine's
Law Dictionary
Exchequer: "That department
of the English government which has charge of the collection of the national
revenue; the treasury department." Black's Law Dictionary 4th ed.
Exchequer: "In
English Law. A department of the government which has the management
of the collection of the king's revenue." Bouvier's Law Dictionary
1914 ed.
Court of Exchequer: "56.The
court of exchequer is inferior in rank not only to the court of king's
bench, but to the common pleas also: but I have chosen to consider it in
this order, on account of its double capacity, as a court of law and a
court of equity [44] also. It is a very ancient court of record,
set up by William the Conqueror, as a part of the aula regia, through regulated
and reduced to its present order by King Edward I; and intended principally
to order the revenues of the crown, and to recover the king's debts and
duties. It is called the exchequer, scaccharium, from the chequed
cloth, resembling a chess-board, which covers the table there; and on which,
when certain of the
king's accounts are
made up, the sums are marked and scored with counters. It consists
of two divisions; the receipt of the exchequer, which manages to royal
revenue, and with which these Commentaries have no concern; and the court
or judicial part of it, which is again subdivided into a court of equity,
and a court of common law."
Black Stone Commentaries
Book III, pg 1554
Court of Exchequer: "An
English superior court with jurisdiction of matter of law and matters involving
government revenue."
Ballentine's Law Dictionary
Court of Exchequer: "A
court for the correction and prevention of errors of law in the three superior
common-law courts of the kingdom.
A court of exchequer chamber was first erected by statute 31 Edw.
III. C. 12, to determine causes upon writs of error from the common-law
side of the exchequer court. It consisted of the chancellor, treasurer,
and the "justices and other sage persons as to them seemeth." The
judges were merely assistants. A, second court of exchequer chamber
was instituted by statute 27 Eliz. C. 8, consisting of the justices of
the common pleas and the exchequer, or any six of them, which had jurisdiction
in error of cases in the king's bench. In exchequer chamber substituted
in their place as an intermediate court of appeal between the three common-law
courts and Parliament. It consisted of the judges of the two courts
which had not rendered the judgement in the court below. It
is now merged in the High Court of Justice."
Bouvier's Law Dictionary
1914 ed.
It gets worse, are you just a little ticked off, or maybe you are starting
to question what you have been taught all these years? It's time
to wake up America!
If you'll look at the Judiciary Act of 1789 (I know most won't take time
to read it), you'll see that all district courts are admiralty courts.
This is the king's court of commerce, in which he is the plaintiff, recovering
damages done against him, or what belongs to him.
The equity court of the
exchequer: "57. The court of equity is held in the exchequer chamber before
the lord treasurer, the chancellor of the exchequer, the chief baron, and
three puisne' ones. These Mr. Selden conjectures to have been anciently
made out of such as were barons of the kingdom, or parliamentary barons;
and thence to have derived their name: which conjecture receives great
strength form Bracton's explanation of magna carta, c.14, which directs
that the earls and barons be amerced by their peers; that is, says he,
by the barons of the exchequer. The primary and original business
of this court is to call the king's debtors to account, by bill filed by
the attorney general; and to recover any lands, tenements, or hereditaments,
any goods, chattels, or other profits or benefits, belonging to the crown.
So that by their original
constitution the jurisdiction of the courts of common pleas, king's bench,
and exchequer, was entirely separate and distinct; the common pleas being
intended to decide all controversies between subject and subject; the king's
bench to correct all crimes and misdemeanors that amount to a breach of
the peace, the king being then the plaintiff, as such offenses are in open
derogation of the jura regalia (regal rights) of his crown; and the exchequer
to adjust [45] and recover his revenue, wherein the king also is plaintiff,
as the withholding and nonpayment thereof is an injury to his jura fiscalia
(fiscal rights). But, as by a fiction almost all sorts of civil actions
are now allowed to be brought in the king's bench, in like manner by another
fiction all kinds of personal suits may be prosecuted in the court
of exchequer. For as all the officers and ministers of this court
have, like those of other superior courts, the privilege of suing and being
sued only in their own court; so exchequer, are privileged to sue and implead
all manner of persons in the same court of equity that they themselves
are called into. They have likewise privilege to sue and implead
one another, or any stranger, in the same kind of common-law actions (where
the personality only is concerned) as are prosecuted in the court of common
pleas."
Black Stone Commentaries
Book III, pg 1554
The common-law court
of the exchequer: "58. This gives original to the common-law part of their
jurisdiction, which was established merely for the benefit of the king's
accountants, and is exercised by the barons only of the exchequer, and
not the treasurer or chancellor. The writ upon which the plaintiff
suggests that he is the king's farmer or debtor, and that the defendant
hath done him the injury or damage complained of; quo minus sufficient
exist, by which he is the less able, to pay the king his debt or rent.
And these suits are expressly directed, by what is called the statute of
Rutland, to be confined to such matters only as specially concern the king
or his ministers of the exchequer. And by the articuli super
cartas it is enacted that no common pleas be thenceforth holden in the
exchequer, contrary to the form of the great charter. But not, by
the suggestion of privilege, any person may be admitted to sue in the exchequer
as well as the king's accountant. The surmise of being debtor to
the king is therefore become matter of form and mere words of course, and
the court is open to all the nation equally. The same holds with
regard to the equity side of the court: for there any person may file [46]
a bill against another upon a bare suggestion that he is the king's accountant;
but whether he is so or not is never controverted. In this court,
on the nonpayment of titles; in which case the surmise of being the king's
debtor is no fiction, they being bound to pay him their first-fruits, and
annual tenths. But the chancery has of late years obtained a large
share in this business."
Black Stone Commentaries
Book III, pg 1555
Definition of a legal
fiction: For a discussion of fictions in law, see chapter II of Maine's
Ancient Law, and Pollock's note D in his edition of the Ancient Law.
Blackstone gives illustrations of legal fictions on pages 43, 45, 153,
203 of this book. Mr. Justice Curtis (Jurisdiction of United States
Courts, 2d ed., 148) gives the following instance of a fiction in our practice:
"A suit by or against a corporation in its corporate name may be presumed
to be a suit by or against citizens of the state which created the corporate
body, and no averment or denial to the contrary is admissible for the purpose
of withdrawing the suit from the jurisdiction of a court of the United
States.
There is the Roman fiction: The court first decides the law, presumes all
the members are citizens of the state which created the corporation, and
then says, `you shall not traverse that presumption'; and that is the law
now. (Authors note-by your residence you are incorporated) Under
it, the courts of the United States constantly entertain suits by or against
corporations. (Muller v. Dows, 94 U. S. 444, 24 L. Ed. 207.) It has
been so frequently settled, that there is not the slightest reason to suppose
that it will ever be departed from by the court. It has been repeated
over and over again in subsequent decisions; and the supreme court
seem entirely satisfied that it is the right ground to stand upon; and,
as I am now going to state to you, they have applied it in some cases which
go beyond, much beyond, these decisions to which I have referred.
So that when a suit is to be brought in a court of the United States by
or against a corporation, by reason of the character of the parties, you
have only to say that this corporation (after naming it correctly) was
created by a law of the state; and that is exactly the same in its consequences
as if you could allege, and did allege, that the corporation was a citizen
of that state. According to the present decisions, it is not necessary
you
should say that the
members of that corporation are citizens of
Massachusetts.
They have passed beyond that. You have only to say that the corporation
was created by a law of the state of Massachusetts, and has its principal
place of business in that state; and that makes it, for the purposes of
jurisdiction, the same as if it were a citizen of that state" See
Pound, Readings in Roman Law, 95n.
Black Stone Commentaries
Book III, pg 1553
Combine this with what I said earlier concerning power of the treaty and
it's creation of the corporate State, and you now know why you are not
allowed to challenge residence or subjection in the State Courts.
And because of the treaty, residence in the State is synonymous with residence
in the district. I know this puts a sour taste in your mouth, because
it does mine, but that is the condition we find ourselves in. The
only way I see to change it, is to change the treaty and reinforce the
original Declaration of Independence, but this would meet severe objection
on the part of the international Bankers, and or course the king's heirs
in England. And most Americans, even if they were aware of this information,
would have no stomach for the turmoil this would cause.
Still a little fuzzy on what has taken place, the word Exchequer is still
used today? In Britain the Exchequer is the Federal Reserve, the
same as our Federal Reserve. They just changed the name here as they
have done many things to cloud what is taking place, hoping no one would
catch on. Who wrote the Federal Reserve Act, and put it in place
in this country? Bankers from the Bank of England with their counter
part in New York!
Congressman McFadden:
"I hope that is the case, but I may say to the gentleman that during the
sessions of this Economic Conference in London there is another meeting
taking place in London. We were advised by reports from London last
Sunday of the arrival of George L. Harrison, Governor of the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York, and we were advised that accompanying him was Mr. Crane,
the Deputy Governor, and James P. Warburg, of the Kuhn- Loeb banking family,
of New York and Hamburg, Germany, and also Mr. O. M. W. Sprague, recently
in the pay of Great Britain as chief economic and financial adviser of
Mr. Norman, Governor of the Bank Of England, and now supposed to represent
our Treasury. These men landed in England and rushed to the Bank
of England for a private conference, taking their luggage with them, before
even going to their hotel. We know this conference has been taking
place for the past 3 days behind closed doors in the Bank of
England with these gentlemen
meeting with heads of the Bank of England and the Bank for International
Settlements, of Basel, Switzerland, and the head of the Bank France, Mr.
Maret. They are discussing war debts; they are discussing stabilization
of exchanges and the Federal Reserve System, I may say to the Members of
the House.
The Federal reserve System, headed by George L. Harrison, is our premier,
who is dealing with debts behind the closed doors of the Bank of England;
and the United States Treasury is there, represented by O. M. W. Sprague,
who until the last 10 days was the representative of the Bank of England,
and by Mr. James P. Warburg, who is the son of the principal author of
the Federal Reserve Act. Many things are being settled behind the
closed doors of the Bank of England by this group. No doubt this
group were pleased to hear that yesterday the Congress passed amendments
to the Federal Reserve Act and that the President
signed the bill which
turns over to the Federal Reserve System the complete total financial resources
of money and credit in the United States. Apparently the domination
and control of the international banking group is being strengthened....Congressional
Record, June 14, 1934
What else does the Exchequer do? The government (Congress) puts up
bonds (bills of credit) on the international market, that the Federal Reserve
(Exchequer) prints fiat money, for which the government (Congress) is the
guarantor for, read the following quote:
Exchequer Bills: Bills
of credit issued by authority of parliament.
They constitute the medium of transaction of business between the bank
of England and the government. The exchequer bills contain a guarantee
from government which secures the holders against loss by fluctuation.
Bouvier's Law Dictionary 1914 ed.
Also re-read "A Country Defeated In Victory". To whom do you think
the national debt is owed? If that's not bad enough the bond indebtedness
allowed the king to foreclose on his colony when it was time for the one
World government, the king/bankers caused us to reorganize under bankruptcy.
The Bank of England allowed the United States to use you and I (our labor)
for collateral and all the property in America, read the following quote:
Congressman Lemke: "....This
nation is bankrupt; every State in this Union is bankrupt; the people of
the United States, as a whole, are bankrupt. The public and private
debts of this Nation, which are evidenced by bonds, mortgages, notes, or
other written instruments about to about $250,000,000,000, and it is estimated
that there is about $50,000,000,000 of which there is no record, making
in all about $300,000,000,000 of public and private debts. The total
physical cash value of all the property in the United States is now estimated
at about $70,000,000,000. That is more than it would bring if sold
at public auction. In this we do not include debts or the evidence
of debts, such as bonds, mortgages, and so fourth. These are not
physical
property. They
will have to be paid out of the physical property. How are we going
to pay $300,000,000,000 with only $70,000,000,000?" Congressional Record,
March 3, 1934,
footnote #10
This debt was more than could be paid as of 1934, this caused the declared
bankruptcy by President Roosevelt. Now the national debt is over
12,000,000,000,000. The government only tells you about 5,000,000,000,000,
they don't tell you about the corporate debt, which America is also guarantor
for. Add to that the personal debt; you know credit cards and home
loans, and it approaches 20,000,000,000,000, that's trillion for those
of you that miss read the number of zero's. Mix this with a super inflated
stock market and a huge trade deficit, and that is what brings you to understand
my subtitle for this paper. BEND OVER AMERICA. What could possibly
be the purpose of the international bankers allowing our nation to over
extend so badly and not cut us off? When back in 1934 they could
have legally seized the
whole country.
We are being used for the purpose of the international bankers which is
loaning money to third world countries, to enslave them as we are, to colonize
the world for Britain, and to use our military machine to control unruly
countries and to collect the king's debt. There will soon be a United
Nations personal income tax for the whole world. The end purpose
of the international bankers, is a one world government, with England as
the center of government and the international bankers calling the shots.
Don't despair all these things have to come to pass. I used to think;
what if? Jesus' Word says, these things have to take place for the
world government to come to pass.
I am going to share a dream I had, July 1992, at the risk of being ridiculed.
I told my friend who is mentioned in the dream, the next day. At
that time neither of us understood the dream, about a month later I started
to understand when I began learning about admiralty law and where our admiralty
law came from. As time has passed I have come to understand the dream,
because of further information coming to light, such as the information
contained in part 1, and part 2, which you are now reading. I new
when I woke up that the dream was not the normal nonsense you can sometimes
experience in a dream. And I might add I dream very seldom, after
having this dream I was given the desire to write down and pass along the
information that has been brought
my way, via. the Holy
Spirit. The information has defined the dream, not the other way
around.
MY DREAM
July 1992
A record of a dream I had. I was what appeared to be hovering above
the below scene, and it appeared to be three dimensional, like the scene
had texture. It was also in color, with the smell of war in the air.
I awoke at 5:00 am, and was wide awake and immediately wrote down what
took place in my dream.
A friend and I were among thousands of Christians that were massed together
awaiting execution. I saw untold thousands of Christians executed
before us. There were many troops guarding us, these troops were
British; they had on Revolutionary War clothing and were carrying the old
style muskets.
The people that went before us to be executed went voluntarily. They
went out of some false sense of duty to this envisioned government, that
was British controlled. These people were in ranks waiting to be
lead away to their death. While standing in the ranks my friend and
I kept looking at one another, but we were separated by what seemed to
be hundreds of people.
Just before they called our number they lead us away (untold
thousands) under guard
to return later. I asked some of the people in the ranks to step
aside so I could get next to my friend. I told him that while I was
in the ranks awaiting death, the Holy Spirit told me not to listen to their
reasons for death, but to consider His reasons (Holy Spirit's) for the
sanctity of life and that we were to do whatever it took to stay alive
and defeat the beast. I saw myself tapping my friend on the head,
and told him this was an example of how the Holy Spirit related to me,
that He wanted our attention.
The Holy Spirit said we were to go and do the Holy Spirit's
bidding no matter where
it lead us and that we would be protected. We both looked at each
other and decided we could not die voluntarily as the other Christians.
We looked at each other and said this is crazy; my friend said this is
voluntary just like being a Fourteenth Amendment citizen. We then
walked out of the ranks right in front of the British guards, unseen and
escaped.
Keep in mind you cannot control your dreams. Does God Almighty still
communicate through dreams as he did with George Washington? The
Bible makes it clear He does. Whether this dream is a product of
uncontrolled imagination while asleep, or insight from the Holy Spirit,
I will only say, let history decide. I am satisfied of the dreams
origin, because of its fulfillment through recent knowledge, that wasn't
known at that time. I hope you will read the rest of the documentation
in the footnotes following this commentary.
FOOTNOTES
Footnote #1
Chronology of North Carolina
Governors Original Virginia Colony
Ralph Lane, 1585 - 1586
John White, 1587
Commander of the Southern
Plantation
Samuel Stephens, 1662
- 1664 (later governor under Lords
Proprietors)
Lords Proprietors
William Drummond, 1664
- 1667
Samuel Stephens, 1667
- 1669 (previously Commander of the
Southern Plantation)<
Peter Carteret, 1670
- 1672
John Jenkins, 1672 -
1677 (first of two terms)
Thomas Eastchurch, 1676
- 1678 (never actually served)
Thomas Miller, 1677
John Harvey, 1679
John Jenkins, 1679 -
1681 (second term)
Philip Ludwell, 1689
- 1691
Thomas Jarvis, 1691
- 1694
John Archdale, 1694
- 1696
Thomas Harvey, 1696
- 1699
Henderson Walker, 1699
- 1704
Robert Daniel, 1704
- 1705
Thomas Cary, 1705 -
1706 (first of two terms)
William Glover, 1706
- 1708
Thomas Cary, 1708 -
1711 (second of two terms)
Edward Hyde, 1711 -
1712
Thomas Pollock, 1712
- 1714 (first of two terms)
Charles Eden, 1714 -
1722
Thomas Pollock, 1722
(second of two terms)
William Reed, 1722 -
1724
George Burrington, 1724
- 1725 (later royal governor)
Richard Everard, 1725
- 1731
Royal Governors
George Burrington, 1731
- 1734 (previously governor under the
Lords Proprietors)
Gabriel Johnston, 1734
- 1752
Nathaniel Rice, 1752
- 1753
Matthew Rowan, 1753
- 1754
Arthur Dobbs, 1754 -
1765
William Tryon, 1675
- 1771
James Hasell, 1771
Josiah Martin, 1771
- 1775
Governors of the State
of North Carolina
Richard Caswell, 1776
- 1780 (first of two terms)
Abner Nash, 1780 - 1781
Thomas Burke, 1781 -
1782
Alexander Martin, 1782
- 1785 (first of two terms)
Richard Caswell, 1784
- 1787 (second of two terms)
Samuel Johnston, 1787
- 1789
Alexander Martin, 1789
- 1792 (second of two terms)
Richard Dobbs Spaight,
Sr., 1792 - 1795
Samuel Ashe, 1795 -
1798
William Richardson Davie,
1798 - 1799
Benjamin Williams, 1799
- 1802 (first of two terms)
James Turner, 1802 -
1805
Nathaniel Alexander,
1805 - 1807
Benjamin Williams, 1807
- 1808 (second of two terms)
David Stone, 1808 -
1810
Benjamin Smith, 1810
- 1811
William Hawkins, 1811
- 1814
William Miller, 1814
- 1817
John Branch, 1817 -
1820
Jesse Franklin, 1820
- 1821
Gabriel Holmes, 1821
- 1824
Hutchins Gordon Burton,
1824 - 1827
James Iredell, Jr.,
1827 - 1828
John Owen, 1828 - 1830
Montford Stokes, 1830
- 1832
David Lowry Swain, 1832
- 1835
Richard Dobbs Spaight,
Jr., 1835 - 1836
Edward Dudley Bishop,
1836 - 1841
John Motley Morehead,
1841 - 1845
William Alexander Graham,
1845 - 1849
Charles Manly, 1849
- 1850
David Steele Reid, 1851
- 1854
Warren Winslow, 1854
- 1855
Thomas Bragg, 1855 -
1859
John Willis Ellis, 1859
- 1861
Henry Toole Clark, 1861
- 1862
Zebulon Baird Vance,
1862 - 1865 (first of two terms)
William Woods Holden,
1865 (first of two terms)
Jonathan Worth, 1865
- 1868
William Woods Holden,
1868 - 1870
Tod Robinson Caldwell,
1870 - 1874
Curtis Hooks Brogden,
1874 - 1877
Zebulon Baird Vance,
1877 - 1879 (second of two terms)
Thomas Jordan Jarvis,
1879 - 1885
James Lowry Robinson,
1883
Alfred Moore Scales,
1885 - 1889
David Gould Fowle, 1889
- 1891
Thomas Michael Holt,
1891 - 1893
Elias Carr, 1893 - 1897
Daniel Lindsay Russell,
1897 - 1901
Charles Brantley Aycock,
1901 - 1905
Robert Broadnax Glenn,
1905 - 1909
William Walton Kitchin,
1909 - 1913
Locke Craig, 1913 -
1917
Thomas Walter Bickett,
1917 - 1921
Cameron Morrison, 1921
- 1925
Angus Wilton McLean,
1925 - 1929
Oliver Max Gardner,
1929 - 1933
John Christoph Blucher
Ehringhaus, 1933 - 1937
Clyde Roark Hoey, 1937
- 1941
Joseph Melville Broughton,
1941 - 1945
Robert Gregg Cherry,
1945 - 1949
William Kerr Scott,
1949 - 1953
William Bradley Umstead,
1953 - 1954
Luther Hartwell Hodges,
1954 - 1961
Terry Sanford, 1961
- 1965
Dan Killian Moore, 1965
- 1969
Robert Walker Scott,
1969 - 1973
James Eubert Holshouser,
Jr., 1973 - 1977
James Baxter Hunt, Jr.,
1977 - 1985 (first of two terms)
James Grubbs Martin,
1985 - 1993
James Baxter Hunt, Jr.,
1993 - Present
Footnote #2
THE SECOND VIRGINIA
CHARTER
The Second Virginia
Charter May 23, 1609
James, by the grace of God [King of England, Scotland,
France and Ireland,
defender of the faith, etc.] To all [to whom
these presents
shall come, greeting.]
Whereas, at the humble suite and request of sondrie oure lovinge and well
disposed subjects intendinge to deduce a colonie and to make habitacion
and plantacion of sondrie of oure people in that parte of America comonlie
called Virginia, and other part and territories in America either apperteyninge
unto us or which are not actually possessed of anie Christian prince or
people within certaine bound and regions, wee have formerly, by oure lettres
patents bearinge date the tenth of Aprill in the fourth yeare of oure raigne
of England, Fraunce, and Ireland, and the nine and thirtieth of Scotland,
graunted to Sir Thomas Gates, Sir George Somers and others, for the more
speedie accomplishment of the said plantacion and habitacion, that they
shoulde devide themselves into twoe colloniesthe one consistinge of divers
Knights, gentlemen,
merchaunts and others of our cittie of London, called the First Collonie;
and the other of sondrie Knights, gentlemen and others of the citties of
Bristoll, Exeter, the towne of Plymouth, and other places, called
the Seccond Collonie and have yielded and graunted maine and sondrie priviledges
and liberties to each Collonie for their quiet setlinge and good government
therein, as by the said lettres patents more at large appeareth.
Nowe, forasmuch as divers and sondrie of oure lovinge subjects, as well
adventurers as planters, of the said First Collonie (which have alreadie
engaged them selves in furtheringe the businesse of the said plantacion
and doe further intende by the assistance of Almightie God to prosecute
the same to a happie ende) have of late ben humble suiters unto us that,
in respect of their great chardeges and the adventure of manie of their
lives which they have hazarded in the said discoverie and plantacion of
the said countrie, wee woulde be pleased to graunt them a further enlargement
and explanacion of the said graunte, priviledge and liberties, and that
suche counsellors and other officers maie be appointed amonngest them to
manage and direct their affaires [as] are willinge and readie to adventure
with them; as also whose
dwellings are not so
farr remote from the cittye of London but that they maie at convenient
tymes be readie at hande to give advice and assistance upon all occacions
requisite.
We, greatlie affectinge the effectual prosecucion and happie successe of
the said plantacion and comendinge their good desires theirin, for their
further encouragement in accomplishinge so
excellent a worke, much
pleasinge to God and profitable to oure Kingdomes, doe, of oure speciall
grace and certeine knowledge and
meere motion, for us,
oure heires and successors, give, graunt and confirme to oure trustie and
welbeloved subjects,
[Subjects deleted by
author, because of space]
And to such and so manie as they doe or shall hereafter admitt to be joyned
with them, in forme hereafter in theis presentes expressed, whether they
goe in their persons to be planters there in the said plantacion, or whether
they goe not, but doe adventure their monyes, goods or chattels, that they
shalbe one bodie or communaltie perpetuall and shall have perpetual succession
and one common seale to serve for the saide bodie or communaltie; and that
they and their successors shalbe knowne, called and incorporated by the
name of The Tresorer and
Companie of Adventurers
and Planters of the Citty of London for
the Firste Collonie
in Virginia.
And that they and their successors shalbe from hensforth, forever enabled
to take, acquire and purchase, by the name aforesaid (licens for the same
from us, oure heires or successors first had and obtained) anie manner
of lands, tenements and hereditaments, goods and chattels, within oure
realme of England and dominion of Wales; and that they and their
successors shalbe likewise enabled, by the name aforesaid, to pleade and
to be impleaded before anie of oure judges or justices, in anie oure courts,
and in anie accions or suits whatsoever.
And wee doe also, of oure said speciall grace, certaine knowledge and mere
mocion, give, grannte and confirme unto the said Treasurer and Companie,
and their successors, under the reservacions, limittacions and declaracions
hereafter expressed, all those lands, countries and territories scituat,
lieinge and beinge in that place of America called Virginia, from the pointe
of lande called Cape or Pointe Comfort all alonge the seacoste to the northward
twoe hundred miles and from the said pointe of Cape Comfort all alonge
the sea coast to the southward twoe hundred miles; and all that space and
circuit of lande lieinge from the sea coaste of the precinct aforesaid
upp unto the lande, throughoute, from sea to sea, west and northwest; and
also all the island beinge within one hundred miles alonge the coaste of
bothe seas of the precincte aforesaid; togeather with all the soiles, groundes,
havens and portes, mynes, aswell royall mynes of golde and silver as other
mineralls, pearles and precious stones, quarries, woods, rivers, waters,
fishings, comodities, jurisdictions, royalties, priviledges, franchisies
and preheminences within the said territorie and the precincts there of
whatsoever; and thereto or there abouts, both by sea and lande, beinge
or in anie sorte belonginge or appertayninge, and
which wee by oure lettres
patents maie or cann graunte; and in as ample manner and sorte as wee or
anie oure noble progenitors have heretofore graunted to anie companie,
bodie pollitique or corporate, or to anie adventurer or adventurers, undertaker
or undertakers, of anie discoveries, plantacions or traffique of, in, or
into anie forraine parts whatsoever; and in as large and ample manner as
if the same were herin particulerly mentioned and expressed: to have, houlde,
possesse and enjoye all and singuler the said landes, countries and territories
with all and singuler other the premisses heretofore by theis [presents]
graunted or mencioned to be grannted, to them, the said Treasurer and Companie,
their successors and assignes, forever; to the sole and successors and
assignes [forever], to be holden of us, oure
heires and successors,
as of oure mannour of Estgreenewich, in free and common socage and not
in capite; yeldinge and payinge, therefore, to us, oure heires and successors,
the fifte parte onlie of all oare of gould and silver that from tvme to
time, and at all times hereafter, shalbe there gotton, had and obtained,
for all manner of service.
And, nevertheles, oure will and pleasure is, and wee doe by theis presentes
chardge, commannde, warrant and auctorize, that the said Treasurer and
Companie and their successors, or the major parte of them which shall be
present and assembled for that purpose, shall from time to time under their
common seale distribute, convey, assigne and set over such particuler porcions
of lands, tenements and hereditaments, by theise presents formerly grannted,
unto such oure lovinge subjects naturallie borne of denizens, or others,
aswell adventurers as planters, as by the said Companie, upon a commission
of survey and
distribucion executed
and retourned for that purpose, shalbe named, appointed and allowed, wherein
oure will and pleasure is, that respect be had as well of the proporcion
of the adventure[r] as to the speciall service, hazarde, exploite or meritt
of anie person so as to be recompenced, advannced or rewarded.
And for as muche as the good and prosperous successe of the said plantacion
cannot but cheiflie depende, next under the blessinge of God and the supporte
of oure royall aucthoritie, upon the provident and good direccion of the
whole enterprise by a carefull and understandinge Counsell, and that it
is not convenient that all the adventurers shalbe so often drawne to meete
and assemble as shalbe requisite for them to have metings and conference
aboute theire affaires, therefore we doe ordaine, establishe and confirme
that there shalbe perpetually one
Counsell here resident,
accordinge to the tenor of oure former lettres patents, which Counsell
shall have a seale for the better governement and administracion of the
said plantacion besides the legall seale of the Companie or Corporacion,
as in oure former lettres patents is also expressed.
And further wee establishe and ordaine that
Henrie, Earl of Southampton
William, Earl of Pembrooke
Henrie, Earl of Lincoln
Thomas, Earl of Exeter
Roberte, Lord Viscounte Lisle
Lord Theophilus Howard
James, Lord Bishopp of Bathe and Wells
Edward, Lord Zouche
Thomas, Lord Laware
William, Lord Mounteagle
Edmunde, Lord Sheffeilde
Grey, Lord Shanndoys [Chandois]
John, Lord Stanhope
George, Lord Carew
Sir Humfrey Welde, Lord Mayor of London
Sir Edward Cecil
Sir William Waad [Wade]
Sir Henrie Nevill
Sir Thomas Smith
Sir Oliver Cromwell
Sir Peter Manwood
Sir Thomas Challoner
Sir Henrie Hovarte [Hobart]
Sir Franncis Bacon
Sir George Coppin
Sir John Scott
Sir Henrie Carey
Sir Roberte Drurie [Drury]
Sir Horatio Vere
Sir Eward Conwaye [Conway]
Sir Maurice Berkeley [Barkeley]
Sir Thomas Gates
Sir Michaele Sands [Sandys]
Sir Roberte Mansfeild [Mansel]
Sir John Trevor
Sir Amyas Preston
Sir William Godolphin
Sir Walter Cope
Sir Robert Killigrewe
Sir Henrie Faushawe [Fanshaw]
Sir Edwyn Sandes [Sandys]
Sir John Watts
Sir Henrie Montague
Sir William Romney
Sir Thomas Roe
Sir Baptiste Hicks
Sir Richard Williamson
Sir Stephen Powle [Poole]
Sir Dudley Diggs
Christopher Brooke, [Esq.]
John Eldred, and
John Wolstenholme
shalbe oure Counsell
for the said Companie of Adventurers and Planters in Virginia.
And the said Sir Thomas Smith wee ordaine to be Treasurer of the said Companie,
which Treasurer shall have aucthoritie to give order for the warninge of
the Counsell and sommoninge the Companie to their courts and meetings.
And the said Counsell and Treasurer or anie of them shalbe from henceforth
nominated, chosen, contynued, displaced, chaunged, altered and supplied,
as death or other severall occasions shall require, out of the Companie
of the said adventurers by the voice of the greater parte of the said Counsell
and adventurers in their assemblie for that purpose; provided alwaies that
everie Councellor so newlie elected shalbe presented to the Lord Channcellor
of England, or to the Lord
Highe Treasurer of England,
or the Lord Chambleyne of the housholde of us, oure heires and successors,
for the tyme beinge to take his oathe of a Counsellor to us, oure heires
and Successors, for the said Companie and Collonie in Virginia.
And wee doe by theis presents, of oure especiall grace, certaine knowledge
and meere motion, for us, oure heires and successors, grannte unto the
said Treasurer and Companie and their successors, that if it happen at
anie time or times the Treasurer for the tyme beinge to be sick, or to
have anie such cause of absente from the cittie of London as shalbe allowed
by the said Counsell or the greater parte of them assembled, so as he cannot
attende the affaires of that Companie, in everie such case it shall and
maie be lawfull for such Treasurer for the tyme beinge to assigne, constitute
and appointe one of the Counsell
for Companie to be likewise
allowed by the Counsell or the greater parte of them assembled to be the
deputie Treasurer for the said Companie; which Deputie shall have power
to doe and execute all things which belonge to the said Treasurer duringe
such tyme as such Treasurer shalbe sick or otherwise absent, upon cause
allowed of by the said Counsell or the major parte of them as aforesaid,
so fullie and wholie and in as large and ample manner and forme and to
all intents and purposes as the said Treasurer if he were present himselfe
maie or might doe and execute the same.
And further of oure especiall grace, certaine knowledge and meere mocion,
for us, oure heires and successors, wee doe by theis presents give and
grannt full power and aucthoritie to oure said Counsell here resident aswell
at this present tyme as hereafter, from time to time, to nominate, make,
constitute, ordaine and confirme by such name or names, stile or stiles
as to them shall seeme good, and likewise to revoke, dischardge, channge
and alter aswell all and singuler governors, oficers and ministers which
alreadie hath ben made, as also which hereafter shalbe by them thought
fitt and meedefull to be made or used for the government of the said Colonie
and plantacion.
And also to make, ordaine and establishe all manner of orders, lawes, directions,
instructions, formes and ceremonies of government and magistracie, fitt
and necessarie, for and concerninge the government of the said Colonie
and plantacion; and the same att all tymes hereafter to abrogate, revoke
or chaunge, not onely within the precincts of the said Colonie but also
upon the seas in goeing and cominge to and from the said Collonie, as they
in their good discrecions shall thinke to be fittest for [the] good of
the adventurers and inhabiters there.
And we doe also declare that for divers reasons and consideracions us thereunto
especiallie moving, oure will and pleasure is and wee doe hereby ordaine
that imediatlie from and after such time as anie such governour or principall
officer so to be nominated and appointed by oure said Counsell for the
governement of the said Colonie, as aforesaid, shall arive in Virginia
and give notice unto the Collonie there resident of oure pleasure in this
behalfe, the government, power and aucthority of the President and Counsell,
heretofore by oure former lettres patents there established, and all lawes
and constitucions by
them formerlie made,
shall utterly cease and be determined; and all officers, governours and
ministers formerly constituted or appointed shalbe dischardged, anie thinge
in oure said former lettres patents conserninge the said plantacion contayned
in aniewise to the contrarie notwithstandinge; streightlie chardginge and
commaundinge the President and Counsell nowe resident in the said Collonie
upon their alleadgiance after knowledge given unto them of oure will and
pleasure by theis
presentes signified
and declared, that they forth with be obedient to such governor or governers
as by oure said Counsell here resident shalbe named and appointed as aforesaid;
and to all direccions, orders and commandements which they shall receive
from them, aswell in the present resigninge and giveinge upp of their aucthoritie,
offices, chardg and places, as in all other attendannce as shalbe by them
from time to time required.
And wee doe further by theis presentes ordaine and establishe that the
said Treasurer and Counsell here resident, and their successors or anie
fower of them assembled (the Treasurer beinge one), shall from time to
time have full power and aucthoritie to admitt and receive anie other person
into their companie, corporacion and freedome; and further, in a generall
assemblie of the adventurers, with the consent of the greater parte upon
good cause, to disfranchise and putt oute anie person or persons oute of
the said fredome and Companie.
And wee doe also grannt and confirme for us, oure heires and
successors that it shalbe
lawfull for the said Treasurer and Companie and their successors, by direccion
of the Governors there, to digg and to serche for all manner of mynes of
goulde, silver, copper, iron, leade, tinne and other mineralls aswell within
the precincts aforesaid as within anie parte of the maine lande not formerly
graunted to anie other; and to have and enjoye the gould, silver, copper,
iron, leade, and tinn, and all other mineralls to be gotten thereby, to
the use and behoofe of the said Companie of Planters and Adventurers, yeldinge
therefore and payinge yerelie unto us, oure heires and successors, as
aforesaid.
And wee doe further of oure speciall grace, certaine knowledge and meere
motion, for us, oure heires and successors, grannt, by theis presents to
and withe the said Treasurer and Companie and their successors, that it
shalbe lawfull and free for them and their assignes at all and everie time
and times here after, oute of oure realme of England and oute of all other
[our] dominions, to take and leade into the said voyage, and for and towards
the said plantacion, and to travell thitherwards and to abide and inhabite
therein the said Colonie and plantacion, all such and so manie of oure
lovinge subjects, or anie other straungers that wilbecomme oure lovinge
subjects and live under
oure allegiance, as
shall willinglie accompanie them in the said voyadge and plantation with
sufficient shippinge armour, weapons, ordinannce, municion, powder, shott,
victualls, and such merchaundize or wares as are esteemed by the wilde
people in those parts, clothinge, implements, furnitures, catle, horses
and mares, and all other thinges necessarie for the said plantation and
for their use and defence and trade with the people there, and in passinge
and retourninge to and from without yeldinge or payinge subsedie, custome,
imposicion, or anie other taxe or duties to us, oure heires or successors,
for the space of seaven yeares from the date of theis presents; provided,
that none of
the said persons be
such as shalbe hereafter by speciall name restrained by us, oure heires
or successors.
And for their further encouragement, of oure speciall grace and favour,
wee doe by theis present for us, oure heires and successors, yeild and
graunte to and with the said Treasurer and Companie and their successors
and everie of them, their factors and assignes, that they and every of
them shalbe free and quiett of all subsedies and customes in Virginia for
the space of one and twentie yeres, and from all taxes and imposicions
for ever, upon anie goods or merchaundizes at anie time or times hereafter,
either upon importation thither or exportation from thence into oure realme
of England or into anie other of oure [realms or] dominions, by the said
Treasurer and Companie and their successors, their deputies, factors [or]
assignes or anie of them, except onlie the five pound per centum due for
custome upon all such good and merchanndizes as shalbe brought or imported
into oure realme of England or anie other of theis oure dominions accordinge
to the auncient trade of merchannts, which five poundes per centum onely
beinge paid, it shalbe thensforth lawfull and free for the said Adventurers
the same goods [and] merchaundizes to export and carrie oute of oure said
dominions into forraine partes without anie custome, taxe or other duty
to be paide to us oure heires or successors or to anie other oure
officers or deputies;
provided, that the saide goods and merchaundizes be shipped out within
thirteene monethes after their first landinge within anie parte of those
dominions.
And wee doe also confirme and grannt to the said Treasurer and Companie,
and their successors, as also to all and everie such governer or other
officers and ministers as by oure said Counsell shalbe appointed, to have
power and aucthoritie of governement and commannd in or over the said Colonie
or plantacion; that they and everie of them shall and lawfullie maie from
tyme to tyme and at all tymes forever hereafter, for their severall defence
and safetie, enconnter, expulse, repell and resist by force and armes,
aswell by sea as by land, and all
waies and meanes whatsoever,
all and everie such person and persons whatsoever as without the speciall
licens of the said Treasurer and Companie and their successors shall attempte
to inhabite within the said severall precincts and lymitts of the
said Colonie and plantacion; and also, all and everie such person and persons
whatsoever as shall enterprise, or attempte at anie time hereafter, destruccion,
invasion, hurte, detriment or annoyannce to the said Collonye and plantacion,
as is likewise specified in the said former grannte.
And that it shalbe lawful for the said Treasurer and Companie, and their
successors and everie of them, from time to time and at all times hereafter,
and they shall have full power and aucthoritie, to take and surprise by
all waies and meanes whatsoever all and everie person and persons whatsoever,
with their shippes, goods and other furniture, traffiquinge in anie harbor,
creeke or place within the limitts or precincts of the said Colonie and
plantacion, [not] being allowed by the said Companie to be adventurers
or planters of the said Colonie,
untill such time as
they beinge of anie realmes or dominions under oure obedience shall paie
or agree to paie, to the hands of the Treasurer or [of] some other officer
deputed by the said governors in Virginia (over and above such subsedie
and custome as the said Companie is or here after shalbe to paie) five
poundes per centum upon all goods and merchaundizes soe brought in thither,
and also five per centum upon all goods by them shipped oute from thence;
and being straungers and not under oure obedience untill they have payed
(over and above such subsedie and custome as the same Treasurer and Companie
and their successors is or hereafter shalbe to paie) tenn pounds per centum
upon all such goods, likewise carried in and oute, any thinge in the former
lettres patents to the contrarie not withstandinge; and the same sommes
of monie and benefitt as aforesaid for and duringe the space of one and
twentie yeares shalbe wholie imploied to the benefitt and behoof of the
said Colonie and plantacion; and after the saide one and twentie yeares
ended, the same shalbe taken to the use of us, oure heires or successors,
by such officer and minister as by us, oure heires or successors, shalbe
thereunto assigned and appointed, as is specified in the said former lettres
patents.
Also wee doe, for us, oure heires and successors, declare by theis presents,
that all and everie the persons beinge oure subjects which shall goe and
inhabit within the said Colonye and plantacion, and everie of their children
and posteritie which shall happen to be borne within [any] the lymitts
thereof, shall have [and] enjoye all liberties, franchesies and immunities
of free denizens and naturall subjects within anie of oure other dominions
to all intents and purposes as if they had bine abidinge and borne within
this oure kingdome of England or in anie other of oure dominions.
And forasmuch as it shalbe necessarie for all such our lovinge subjects
as shall inhabitt within the said precincts of Virginia aforesaid to determine
to live togither in the feare and true woorshipp of Almightie God, Christian
peace and civill quietnes, each with other, whereby everie one maie with
more safety, pleasure and profitt enjoye that where unto they shall attaine
with great paine and perill, wee, for us, oure heires and successors, are
likewise pleased and contented and by theis presents doe give and graunte
unto the said Tresorer and Companie and their successors and to such governors,
officers and ministers as shalbe, by oure said Councell, constituted and
appointed, accordinge to the natures and lymitts of their offices and places
respectively, that they shall and maie from time to time for ever hereafter,
within the said precincts of Virginia or in the waie by the seas thither
and from thence, have full and absolute power and aucthority to correct,
punishe, pardon, governe and rule all such the subjects of us, oure heires
and successors as shall from time to time adventure themselves in anie
voiadge thither or that shall at anie tyme hereafter inhabitt in the precincts
and territorie of the said Colonie as aforesaid, accordinge to such order,
ordinaunces, constitution,
directions and instruccions
as by oure said Counsell, as aforesaid, shalbe established; and in defect
thereof, in case of necessitie according to the good discretions of the
said governours and officers respectively, aswell in cases capitall and
criminall as civill, both marine and other, so alwaies as the said statuts,
ordinannces and proceedinges as neere as convenientlie maie be, be agreable
to the lawes, statutes, government and pollicie of this oure realme of
England.
And we doe further of oure speciall grace, certeine knowledge and mere
mocion, grant, declare and ordaine that such principall governour as from
time to time shall dulie and lawfullie be aucthorised and appointed, in
manner and forme in theis presents heretofore expressed, shall [have] full
power and aucthoritie to use and exercise marshall lawe in cases of rebellion
or mutiny in as large and ample manner as oure leiutenant in oure counties
within oure realme of England have or
ought to have by force
of their comissions of lieutenancy. And furthermore, if anie person or
persons, adventurers or planters, of the said Colonie, or anie other at
anie time or times hereafter, shall transporte anie monyes, goods or marchaundizes
oute of anie [of] oure kingdomes with a pretence or purpose to lande, sell
or otherwise dispose the same within the lymitts and bounds of the said
Collonie, and yet nevertheles beinge at sea or after he hath landed within
anie part of the said Colonie shall carrie the same into anie other forraine
Countrie, with a purpose there to sell and dispose there of that, then
all the goods and chattels of the said person or persons so offendinge
and transported, together with the shipp or vessell wherein such
transportacion was made,
shalbe forfeited to us, oure heires and successors.
And further, oure will and pleasure is, that in all questions and doubts
that shall arrise upon anie difficultie of construccion or interpretacion
of anie thinge contained either in this or in oure said former lettres
patents, the same shalbe taken and interpreted in most ample and beneficiall
manner for the said Tresorer and Companie and their successors and everie
member there of.
And further, wee doe by theis presents ratifie and confirme unto the said
Tresorer and Companie and their successors all privuleges, franchesies,
liberties and immunties graunted in oure said former lettres patents and
not in theis oure lettres patents revoked, altered, channged or abridged.
And finallie, oure will
and pleasure is and wee doe further hereby for us, oure heires and successors
grannte and agree, to and with the said Tresorer and Companie and their
successors, that all and singuler person and persons which shall at anie
time or times hereafter adventure anie somme or sommes of money in and
towards the said plantacion of the said Colonie in Virginia and shalbe
admitted by the said Counsell and Companie as adventurers of the said Colonie,
in forme aforesaid, and shalbe enrolled in the booke or record of the adventurers
of the said Companye, shall and maie be accompted, accepted, taken, helde
and reputed Adventurers of the said Collonie and shall and maie enjoye
all and singuler grannts, priviledges, liberties, benefitts, profitts,
commodities [and immunities], advantages and emoluments whatsoever as fullie,
largely, amplie and absolutely as if they and everie of them had ben precisely,
plainely, singulerly and
distinctly named and
inserted in theis oure lettres patents.
And lastely, because
the principall effect which wee cann desier or expect of this action is
the conversion and reduccion of the people in those partes unto the true
worshipp of God and Christian religion, in which respect wee would be lothe
that anie person should be permitted to passe that wee suspected to affect
the superstitions of the Churche of Rome, wee doe hereby declare that it
is oure will and pleasure that none be permitted to passe in anie voiadge
from time to time to be made into the saide countrie but such as firste
shall have taken the oath of
supremacie, for which
purpose wee doe by theise presents give full power and aucthoritie to the
Tresorer for the time beinge, and anie three of the Counsell, to tender
and exhibite the said oath to all such persons as shall at anie time be
sent and imploied in the said voiadge.
Although
expresse mention [of the true yearly value or certainty of the premises,
or any of them, or of any other gifts or grants, by us or any of our progenitors
or predecessors, to the aforesaid Treasurer and Company heretofore made,
in these presents is not made; or any act, statute, ordinance, provision,
proclamation, or restraint, to the contrary hereof had, made, ordained,
or provided, or any other thing, cause, or matter, whatsoever, in any wise
notwithstanding.] In witnes whereof [we have caused these our letters to
be made patent. Witness ourself at Westminster, the 23d day of May (1609)
in the seventh year of our reign of England, France, and Ireland, and of
Scotland the
****]
Per ipsum Regem exactum.
British Public Record
Office, Chancery Patent Rolls (c. 66),
1796, 5; William Stith,
The History of the First Discovery and
Settlement of Virginia
Footnote #3
The Third Virginia Charter
The Third Virginia Charter,
1612
James, by the Grace of God, King of England, Scotland, France, and Ireland,
Defender of the Faith; To all to whom these Presents shall come,
Greeting. Whereas at the humble Suit of divers and sundry our loving Subjects,
as well Adventurers as Planters of the first Colony in Virginia,
and for the Propagation of Christian Religion, and Reclaiming of People
barbarous, to Civility and Humanity, We have, by our Letters-Patents,
bearing Date at Westminster, the three-and-twentieth Day of May,
in the seventh Year of our Reign of England, France, and Ireland,
and the two-and-fortieth of Scotland, Given and Granted unto them
that they and all such and so many of our loving Subjects as should
from time to time, for ever after, be joined with them as Planters
or Adventurers in the said Plantation, and their Successors, for
ever, should be one Body politick, incorporated by the Name of The
Treasurer and Company of Adventurers and Planters of the City of
London for the first Colony in Virginia; And whereas also for the
greater Good and Benefit of the said Company, and for the better
Furtherance, Strengthening,
and Establishing of the said Plantation, we did further Give, Grant
and Confirm, by our Letters- Patents unto the said Company
and their Successors, for ever, all those Lands, Countries or Territories,
situate, lying and being in that Part of America called Virginia,
from the Point of Land called Cape or Point Comfort all along
the Sea Coasts to the Northward two hundred Miles; and from the said
Point of Cape Comfort all along the Sea Coast to the Southward two
hundred Miles; and all that Space and Circuit of Land lying from
the Sea Coast of the Precinct aforesaid, up into the Land throughout
from Sea to Sea West and North-west; and also all the Islands
lying within one hundred Miles along the Coast of both the Seas of
the Precinct aforesaid; with divers other Grants, Liberties, Franchises
and Preheminences, Privileges, Profits, Benefits, and Commodities granted
in and by our said Letters-patents to the said Treasurer and Company
and their Successors for ever. Now forasmuch as we are given
to understand, that in those Seas adjoining to the said Coasts of
Virginia, and without the Compass of those two hundred Miles by Us
so granted unto the said Treasurer and Company as aforesaid, and
yet not far distant from the said Colony in Virginia, there are or
may be divers Islands lying desolate and uninhabited, some of which
are already made known and discovered by the Industry, Travel, and
Expences of the said Company, and others also are supposed to be
and remain as yet unknown and undiscovered, all and every of
which it may import the said Colony both in Safety and Policy of
Trade to populate and plant; in Regard whereof, as well for the preventing
of Peril, as for the better Commodity of the said Colony, they have
been humble suitors unto Us, that We would be pleased to grant unto
them an Enlargement of our said former Letters-patents. . . . all
and singular those Islands whatsoever situate and beiiig in any Part
of the Ocean Seas bordering upon the Coast of our said first Colony
in Virginia, and being within three Hundred Leagues of any of the
Parts heretofore granted to the said Treasurer and Company in our
said former Letters-Patents as aforesaid. . . . To have and to
hold, possess and enjoy, all and singular the said Islands in the
said Ocean Seas so lying and bordering upon the Coast and Coasts
of the Territories of the said first Colony in Virginia, as aforesaid.
With all and singular the said Soils, Lands, Grounds, and all and singular
other the Premises heretofore by these Presents granted or mentioned
to be granted to them. . . . And We are further pleased, and We do
by these Presents grant and confirm, that Philip Earl of Montgomery, William
Lord Paget, sir John Starrington, Knight etc., whom the said Treasurer
and Company have since the said last Letters-Patents nominated and
set down as worthy and discreet Persons fit to serve Us as Counsellors,
to be of our Council for the said Plantation, shall be reputed, deemed,
and taken as Persons of our said Council for the said first Colony,
in such Manner and Sort, to all Intents and Purposes, as those who
have been formerly elected and nominated as our Counsellors for that
Colony, and whose Names have been, or are inserted and expressed
in our said former Letters-Patents. And we do hereby ordain and grant
by these Presents that the said Treasurer and Company of Adventurers
and Planters aforesaid, shall and may, once every week, or
oftener, at their Pleasure, hold, and keep a Court and Assembly for
the better Order and Government of the said Plantation, and such
Things as shall concern the same:
And that any five Persons
of our Council for the said first Colony in Virginia, for the Time
being, of which Company the Treasurer, or his Deputy, to be always
one, and the Number of fifteen others, at the least, of the Generality
of the said Company, assembled together in such Manner. as is and
bath been heretofore used and accustomed, shall be said, taken, held,
and reputed to be, and shall be a sufficient Court of the said Company,
for the handling and ordering, and dispatching of all such casual
and particular Occurrences, and accidental Matters, of less Consequence
and Weight, as shall from Time to Time happen, touching and concerning
the said Plantation And that nevertheless, for the handling, ordering,
and disposing of Matters and Affairs of greater Weight and
Importance, and such as shall or may, in any Sort, concern the Weal
Publick and general Good of the said Company and Plantation, as namely,
the Manner of Government from Time to Time to be used, the ordering
and Disposing of the Lands and Possessions, and the settling and
establishing of a Trade there, or such like, there shall be held
and kept every Year, upon the last Wednesday, save one, of Hillary
Term, Easter, Trinity, and Michaelmas Terms, for ever, one great,
general, and solemn Assembly, which four Assemblies shall be stiled
and called, The four Great and General Courts of the Council and
Company of Adventurers for Virginia; In all and every of which said
Great and General Courts, so assembled, our Will and Pleasure is,
and we do, for Us, our Heirs and Successors, for ever, Give and Grant
to the said Treasurer and Company, and their Successors for ever,
by these Presents, that they, the said Treasurer and Company, or
the greater Number of them, so assembled, shall and may have full
Power and Authority, from Time to Time, and at all Times hereafter,
to elect and chuse discreet Persons, to be of our said Council for
the said first Colony in Virginia, and to nominate and appoint such
Officers as they shall think fit and requisite, for the
Government, managing,
ordering, and dispatching of the Affairs of the said Company; And
shall likewise have full Power and Authority, to ordain and make
such Laws and Ordinances, for the Good and Welfare of the said Plantation,
as to them from Time to Time, shall be thought requisite and meet:
So always, as the same be not contrary to the Laws and Statutes of
this our Realm of England. . . .
An Ordinance And Constitution
Of The Virginia Company
Footnote #4
An Ordinance and Constitution
of the Virginia, and the creation of
Counsel of State
Company in England,
24 July 1621
An Ordinance and Constitution
of the Treasurer Council, and
Company in England,
for a Council of State and General Assembly.
I. To all people, to whom these presents shall come, be seen, or heard,
the treasurer, council, and company of adventurers and planters for the
city of London for the first colony of Virginia, send greeting. Know ye,
that we, the said treasurer, council, and company, taking into our careful
consideration the present state of the said colony of Virginia, and intending
by the divine assistance, to settle such a form of government there, as
may be to the greatest benefit and comfort of the people, and whereby all
injustice, grievances, and oppression may be prevented and kept off as
much as possible, from the said colony, have thought fit to make our entrance,
by ordering and establishing such supreme councils, as may not only be
assisting to the governor for the time being, in the administration of
justice, and the executing of other duties to this office belonging, but
also, by their vigilant care and prudence, may provide, as well for a remedy
of all inconveniences, growing from time to time, as also for advancing
of increase, strength, stability, and prosperity of the said colony:
II. We therefore, the said treasurer, council, and company, by authority
directed to us from his majesty under the great seal, upon mature deliberation,
do hereby order and declare, that, from hence forward, there shall be two
supreme councils in Virginia, for the better government of the said colony
aforesaid.
III. The one of which councils, to be called the council of state (and
whose office shall chiefly be assisting, with their care, advice, and circumspection,
to the said governor) shall be chosen, nominated, placed, and displaced,
from time to time, by us the said treasurer, council and company, and our
successors: which council of state shall consist, for the present only
of these persons, as are here inserted, viz., sir Francis Wyatt, governor
of Virginia, captain Francis West, sir George Yeardley, knight, sir William
Neuce, knight, marshal of Virginia, Mr. George Sandys, treasurer, Mr. George
Thorpe, deputy of the college, captain Thomas Neuce, deputy for the company,
Mr. Powlet, Mr. Leech, captain Nathaniel Powel, Mr. Christopher Davidson,
secretary, Doctor Potts, physician to the company, Mr. Roger Smith, Mr.
John Berkeley, Mr. John Rolfe, Mr. Ralph Hamer, Mr. John Pountis, Mr. Michael
Lapworth, Mr. Harwood, Mr. Samuel Macock. Which said counsellors and council
we earnestly pray and desire, and in his majesty's name strictly charge
and command, that (all factions, partialities, and sinister respect laid
aside) they bend their care and endeavours to assist the said governor;
first and principally, in the advancement of the honour and service of
God, and the enlargement of his kingdom against the heathen people; and
next, in erecting of the said colony in due obedience to his majesty, and
all lawful authority from his majesty's directions; and lastly, in maintaining
the said people in justice and christian conversation amongst themselves,
and in strength and ability to withstand their enemies. And this council,
to be always, or for the most part, residing about or near the governor.
IV. The other council, more generally to be called by the governor, once
yearly, and no oftener, but for very extraordinary and important occasions,
shall consist for the present, of the said council of state, and of two
burgesses out of every town, hundred, or other particular plantation, to
be respectively chosen by the inhabitants: which council shall be called
The General Assembly, wherein (as also in the said council of state) all
matters shall be decided, determined, and ordered by the greater part of
the voices then present; reserving to the governor always a negative voice.
And this general assembly shall have free power, to treat, consult, and
conclude, as well of all emergent occasions concerning the publick weal
of the said colony and every part thereof, as also to make, ordain, and
enact such general laws and orders, for the behoof of the said colony,
and the good government thereof, as shall, from time to time, appear necessary
or requisite;
V. Whereas in all other things, we require the said general assembly, as
also the said council of state, to imitate and follow the policy of the
form of government, laws, customs, and manner of trial, and other administration
of justice, used in the realm of England, as near as may be even as ourselves,
by his majesty's letters patent, are required.
VI. Provided, that no law or ordinance, made in the said general assembly,
shall be or continue in force or validity, unless the same shall be solemnly
ratified and confirmed, in a general quarter court of the said company
here in England, and so ratified, be returned to them under our seal; it
being our intent to afford the like measure also unto the said colony,
that after the government of the said colony shall once have been well
framed, and settled accordingly, which is to be done by us, as by authority
derived from his majesty, and the same shall have been so by us declared,
no orders of court afterwards, shall bind the said colony, unless they
be ratified in like manner in the general assemblies. In witness whereof
we have hereunto set our common seal the 24th of July, 1621. . . .
Footnote #5
THE CHARTER, 1663, The
Charter of Carolina
CHARLES THE SECOND, BY
THE grace of God, King of England, Scotland, France, and Ireland, defender
of the Faith, etc. TO ALL to whom these presents shall come, Greeting:
WHEREAS, our right
trusty and right well-beloved Cousins and Counsellors: Edward, Earl of
Clarendon, our High Chancellor of England; and George, Duke of Albemarle,
Master of our Horse and Captain General of all our Forces; Our right trusty
and well-beloved William, Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Our right trusty
and wellbeloved Counsellor, Anthony, Lord Ashley, Chancellor of our Exchequer;
Sir George Carterett, Knight and Baronet, Vice Chamberlain of our Household;
And our trusty and well-beloved Sir W illiam Berkley, Knight; and Sir John
Colleton, Knight and Baronet, being excited with a laudable and pious zeal
for the propagation of the Christian Faith and the enlargement of our Empire
and Dominions, HAVE humbly besought leave of us, by their industry
and Charge, to Transport and make an ample Colony of our Subjects, Natives
of our Kingdom of England and elsewhere within our Dominions, unto a certain
Country, hereafter described, in the parts of AMERICA not yet cultivated
or planted, and only inhabited by some barbarous People who have no knowledge
of Almighty God;
AND WHEREAS, the said
Edward, Earl of Clarendon; George, Duke of Albemarle; William, Lord Craven;
John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley; Sir George Carterett; Sir William
Berkley; and Sir John Colleton, have humbly besought us to give, grant,
and Confirm unto them, and their heirs, the said Country, with Privileges
and Jurisdictions requisite for the good Government and safety thereof:
KNOW YE, therefore, that
We, favouring the pious and noble purpose of the said Edward, Earl of Clarendon;
George, Duke of Albemarle; William, Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony,
Lord Ashley; Sir George Carterett; Sir William Berkley; and Sir John Colleton,
Of our especial grace, certain knowledge, and mere motion, HAVE given,granted,
and Confirmed, AND, by this our present Charter, for us, our heirs and
Successors, Do give, grant, and Confirm, unto the said Edward, Earl of
Clarendon; George, Duke of Albemarle; William, Lord Craven; John, Lord
Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley; Sir George Carterett; Sir William Berkley;
and Sir John Colleton, their heirs and Assigns:
ALL that Territory or
Tract of ground, situate, lying, and being within our Dominions in America,
extending from the North end of the Island called Luck Island, which lies
in the Southern Virginia Seas and within six and Thirty Degrees of the
Northern Latitude, and to the West as far as the South Seas; and so Southerly
as far as the River Saint Mathias, which borders upon the Coast of Florida,
and within one and Thirty Degrees of Northern Latitude; and West in a direct
Line as far as the South Seas aforesaid; Together with all and singular
Ports, Harbours, Bays, Rivers, Isles, and Islets belonging unto the Country
aforesaid; And also, all the Soil, Lands, Fields, Woods, Mountains, Farms,
Lakes, Rivers, Bays, and Islets situate or being within the Bounds or Limits
aforesaid; with the Fishing of all sorts of Fish, Whales, Sturgeons, and
all other Royal Fishes in the Sea, Bays, Islets, and Rivers within the
premises, and the Fish therein taken;
AND moreover, all
Veins, Mines, and Quarries, as well discovered as not discovered, of Gold,
Silver, Gems, and precious Stones, and all other, whatsoever be it, of
Stones, Metals, or any other thing whatsoever found or to be found within
the Country, Isles, Limits aforesaid;
AND FURTHERMORE,
the Patronage and Advowsons of all the Churches and Chapels which, as Christian
Religion shall increase within the Country, Isles, Islets, and Limits aforesaid:
aforesaid, shall happen hereafter to be erected; Together with licence
and power to Build and found Churches, Chapels, an Oratories in convenient
and fit places within the said Bounds and Limits, and to cause them to
be Dedicated and Consecrated according to the Ecclesiastical Laws of our
Kingdom in England,; Together with all and singular the like and as ample
Rights, Jurisdictions, Privileges, Prerogatives, Royalties, Liberties,
Immunities, and Franchises of what kind soever with the Country, Isles,
Islets, and Limits aforesaid;
TO HAVE, use, exercise,
and enjoy, and in as ample manner as any Bishop of Durham, in our Kingdom
of England, ever heretofore have held, used, or enjoyed, or of right ought
or could have, use, or enjoy;
AND them, the said
Edward, Earl of Clarendon; George, Duke of Albemarle; William, Lord Craven,
John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley; Sir George Carterett; Sir William
Berkley; and Sir John Colleton, their heirs and assigns, WE DO, by these
presents, for us, our heirs and Successors, make, Create, and Constitute
the true and absolute Lords and Proprietaries of the Country aforesaid,
and of all other the premises;
SAVING always,
the Faith, Allegiance, and Sovereign Dominion due to us, our heirs and
Successors, for the same; and Saving also, the right, title, and interest
of all and every our Subjects of the English Nation which are now Planted
within the Limits bounds aforesaid, if any be;
TO HAVE, HOLD,
possess and enjoy the said Country, Isles, Islets, and all and singular
other the premises; to them, the said Edward, Earl of Clarendon; George,
Duke of Albemarle; William, Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord
Ashley; Sir George Carterett; Sir William Berkley; and Sir John Colleton,
their heirs and Assigns, forever;
TO BE HELD of us,
our heirs and Successors as of our Manor of East Greenwich, in our County
of Kent, in Free and Common Soccage, and not in Capite nor by knight's
Service;
YIELDlNG AND PAYING
yearly, to us, our heirs and Successors, for the same, the yearly Rent
of Twenty Marks of Lawful money of England, at the Feast of All Saints,
yearly, forever, The First payment thereof to begin and be made on the
Feast of All Saints which shall be in the year of Our Lord One thousand
six hundred Sixty and five ; AND also, the fourth part of all Gold and
Silver Ore which, with the limits aforesaid, shall, from time to time,
happen to be found.
AND that the Country
thus by us granted and described may be dignified with as large Titles
and Privileges as any other parts of our Dominions and Territories in that
Region;
KNOW YE, that We,
of our further grace, certain knowledge, and mere motion, HAVE thought
fit to Erect the same Tract of Ground, Country, and Island into a Province,
and, out of the fullness of our Royal power and Prerogative, WE Do, for
us, our heirs and Successors, Erect, Incorporate, and Ordain the same into
a province, and do call it the Province of CAROLINA, and so from henceforth
will have it called.
AND FORASMUCH AS we have
hereby made and Ordained the aforesaid Edward, Earl of Clarendon; George,
Duke of Albemarle; William, Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord
Ashley; Sir George Carterett; Sir William Berkley; and Sir John Colleton,
their heirs and Assigns, the true Lords and Proprietors of all the Province
aforesaid:
KNOW YE, therefore, moreover,
that We, reposing especial Trust and Confidence in their fidelity, Wisdom,
Justice, and provident circumspection, for us, our heirs and Successors,
Do Grant full and absolute power, by virtue of these presents, to them,
the said Edward, Earl of Clarendon; George, Duke of Albemarle; William,
Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley; Sir George Carterett;
Sir William Berkley; and Sir John Colleton, and their heirs, for the good
and happy Government of the said Province:
To ORDAIN, make, Enact,
and under their Seals to publish any Laws whatsoever, either appertaining
to the public State of the said
Province or to the private
utility of particular Persons, according to their best discretion, of and
with the advice, assent, and approbation of the Freemen of the said Province,
or of the greater part of them, or of their Delegates or Deputies; whom,
for enacting of the said Laws, when and as often as need shall require,
WE WILL that the said Edward, Earl of Clarendon; George, Duke of Albemarle;
William, Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley; Sir
George Carterett; Sir William Berkley; and Sir John Colleton, and their
heirs, shall, from time to time. assemble, in such manner and form as to
them shall seem best;
AND the same Laws duly
to execute upon all people within the said Province and Limits thereof
for the time being, or which shall be Constituted under the power and Government
of them, or any of them, either Sailing towards the said Province of CAROLINA
or returning from thence towards England, or any other of our or foreign
Dominions; by Imposition of penalties, Imprisonment, or any other punishment,
YEA, if it shall be needful and the quality of the Offence require it,
by taking away member and life, either by them, the said Edward, Earl of
Clarendon; George, Duke of Albemarle; William, Lord Craven; John, Lord
Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley; Sir George Carterett; Sir William Berkley;
and Sir John Colleton, and their heirs, or by them or their Deputies, Lieutenants,
Judges, Justices, Magistrates, Officers, and Ministers, to be Ordained
or appointed according to the tenor and true intention of these presents;
AND LIKEWISE, to
appoint and establish any Judges or Justices, Magistrates or Officers whatsoever
within the said Province, at Sea or land, in such manner and form as unto
the said Edward, Earl of Clarendon; George, Duke of Albemarle; William,
Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley; Sir George
Carterett; Sir William
Berkley; and Sir John Colleton, or their heirs, shall seem most convenient;
ALSO, to remit,
release, Pardon, and abolish, whether before Judgment or after, all Crimes
and Offences whatsoever against the said Laws; and to do all and every
other thing and things which unto the Complete establishment of Justice,
unto Courts, Sessions, and forms of Judicature, and manners of proceeding
therein, do belong, although in these presents express mention be not made
thereof;
AND by Judges,
by him or them delegated, to award Process, hold Pleas, and determine,
in all the said Courts and Places of Judicature, all Actions, Suits, and
Causes whatsoever, as well Criminal as Civil, real, mixt, personal, or
of any other kind or nature whatsoever;
WHICH LAWS, SO as aforesaid,
to be published OUR PLEASURE IS, and We do enjoin, require, and Command
shall be absolute, firm, and available in law; And that all the liege People
of us, our heirs and Successors, within the said Province of CAROLINA,
do observe and keep the same inviolably in those parts, so far as they
concern them, under the pains and penalties therein expressed or to be
expressed;
PROVIDED, nevertheless,
that the said laws be consonant to reason and, as near as may be conveniently,
agreeable to the laws and Customs of this our Kingdom of England.
AND because such assemblies
of Freeholders cannot be so suddenly called as there may be occasion to
require the same:
WE Do, therefore, by
these presents, give and Grant unto the said Earl of Clarendon; George,
Duke of Albemarle; William, Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord
Ashley; Sir George Carterett; Sir William Berkley; and Sir John Colleton,
their heirs and Assigns, by themselves or their Magistrates in that behalf
lawfully authorized, full power and authority, from time to time, to make
and Ordain fit and wholesome Orders and Ordinances within the Province
aforesaid, to be kept and observed, as well for the keeping of the Peace
as for the better Government of the People there abiding; and to publish
the same to all to whom it may concern;
WHICH Ordinances We do,
by these presents, straightly Charge and Command to be inviolably observed
within the said Province, under the penalties therein expressed; So as
such Ordinances be reasonable, and not repugnant or contrary, but as near
as may be agreeable, to the laws and Statutes of this our Kingdom of England;
And so as the same Ordinances do not extend to the binding, charging, or
taking away of the right or interest of any Person or Persons in their
freehold, goods, or Chattels whatsoever.
AND to the end the said
Province may be the more happily increased by the multitude of People resorting
thither, and may likewise be the more strongly defended from the incursions
of Savages and other Enemies, Pirates, and robbers:
THEREFORE, We, for us,
our heirs and Successors, Do give and Grant, by these presents, Power,
licence, and liberty unto all the liege people of us, our heirs and Successors,
in our Kingdom of England or elsewhere within any other our Dominions,
Islands, Colonies, or Plantations, Excepting those who shall be especially
forbidden, to transport themselves and Families unto the said Province,
with convenient Shipping and fitting Provisions, and there to settle themselves,
dwell and inhabit; any law, Act, Statute, Ordinance, or other thing to
the contrary in any wise notwithstanding.
AND WE WILL also, and,
of our more especial grace, for us, our heirs and Successors, do straightly
enjoin, Ordain, Constitute, and Command, that the said Province of Carolina
shall be of our Allegiance; And that all and singular the Subjects and
liege people of us, our heirs and Successors, transported or to be transported
into the said Province, and the Children of them and of such as shall descend
from them there, born or hereafter to be born, be and shall be Citizens
and lieges of us, our heirs and Successors, of this our Kingdom of England;
and be in all things held, treated, and reputed as the liege, faithful
people of us, our heirs and Successors, born within this our said Kingdom
or any other of our Dominions; and may inherit or otherwise Purchase and
receive, take, have, hold, buy, and possess any lands, Tenements, or hereditaments
within the same Places, and them-may Occupy and enjoy, give, sell alien,
and bequeath; as likewise, all liberties, Franchises, and Privileges of
this our Kingdom of England, and of other our Dominions aforesaid, may
freely and quietly have, possess, and enjoy as our liege people born within
the same, without the let, molestation, vexation, trouble, or grievance
of us, our heirs and Successors; any Statute, Act, Ordinance, or Provision
to the contrary notwithstanding.
AND FURTHERMORE,
that our Subjects, of this our said Kingdom of England and other our Dominions,
may be the rather encouraged to undertake this Expedition with ready and
cheerful minds:
KNOW YE, that We,
of our especial grace, certain knowledge, and mere motion, Do give and
Grant, by virtue of these presents, as well to the said Edward, Earl of
Clarendon; George, Duke of Albemarle; William, Lord Craven; John, Lord
Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley; Sir George Carterett; Sir William Berkley;
and Sir John Colleton, and their heirs, as unto all others as shall, from
time to time, repair unto the said Province with a purpose to inhabit there
or to trade with the Natives of the said Province, full liberty and Licence
to lade and freight in any Ports whatsoever of us, our heirs and Successors;
AND into the said
Province of Carolina, by them, their Servants and Assigns, to Transport
all and singular their goods, Wares, and Merchandises; as likewise, all
sorts of grain whatsoever, and any other things whatsoever necessary for
the food and Clothing,; not prohibited by the laws and Statutes of our
Kingdoms and Dominions; to be Carried out of the same without any let or
molestation of us, our heirs and Successors, or of any other our Officers
and Ministers whatsoever; Saving also, to us, our heirs and Successors,
the Customs and other duties and payments due for the said Wares and Merchandises,
according to the several rates of the Places from whence the same shall
be transported.
WE WILL also, and,
by these presents, for us, our heirs and Successors, Do give and Grant
Licence, by this our Charter, unto the said Edward, Earl of Clarendon;
George, Duke of Albemarle; William, Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony,
Lord Ashley; Sir George Carterett; Sir William Berkley; and Sir John
Colleton, their heirs and Assigns, and to all the Inhabitants and Dwellers
in the Province aforesaid, both present and to come, full power and absolute
authority to Import or unlade, by themselves or their servants, Factors,
or Assigns, all Merchandises and goods whatsoever that shall arise of the
fruits and Commodities of the said Province, either by land or Sea, into
any the Ports of us, our heirs and Successors, in our Kingdom of England,
Scotland, or Ireland, Or otherwise to dispose of the said goods in the
said Ports; and, if need be, within one year next after the unlading, to
lade the said Merchandises and goods again into the same or other Ships,
and to Export the same into any other Countries, either of our Dominions
or foreign, being in Amity with us, our heirs and Successors; So as they
pay such Customs, Subsidies, and other duties for the same, to us, our
heirs and Successors, as the rest of our Subjects of this our Kingdom for
the time being shall be bound to pay, beyond which We will not that the
inhabitants of the said Province of Carolina shall be any way Charged.
PROVIDED, nevertheless,
and our Will and pleasure is, and We have further, for the Considerations
aforesaid, of our more especial grace, certain knowledge, and mere motion,
given and Granted, and, by these presents, for us, our heirs and Successors,
Do give and grant, unto the said Edward, Earl of Clarendon; George, Duke
of Albemarle; William, Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley;
Sir George Carterett; Sir William Berkley; and Sir John Colleton, their
heirs and Assigns, full and free licence, liberty, and authority, at any
time or
times from and after
the Feast of Saint Michaell The Archangel which shall be in the year of
our Lord Christ One thousand six hundred Sixty and Seven, as well to Import
and bring into any of our Dominions from the said Province of Carolina,
or any part thereof, the several goods and Commodities hereinafter mentioned:
THAT IS TO SAY, Silks, Wines, Currants, Raisins, Capers, Wax, Almonds,
Oil, and Olives; without paying or Answering to us, our heirs or Successors,
any Custom, Impost, or other duty for or in respect thereof, for and during
the term and space of Seven years, to commence and be accounted from and
after the First Importation of four Tons of any the said goods in any one
Bottom, Ship, or Vessel from the said Province into any of our Dominions;
as also, to export and carry out of any of our Dominions into the said
Province of Carolina, Custom free, all sorts of Tools which shall be useful
or necessary for the Planters there in the accommodation and Improvement
of the premises; any thing before in these presents contained, or any Law,
Act, Statute, Prohibition, or other matter or thing heretofore had, made,
Enacted, or provided, or hereafter to be had, made, Enacted, or Provided,
to the contrary in any wise notwithstanding.
AND FURTHERMORE, of our
more ample and especial grace, certain knowledge, and mere motion, WE DO,
for us, our heirs and Successors, Grant unto the said Edward, Earl of Clarendon;
George, Duke of Albemarle; William, Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony
, Lord Ashley; Sir George Carterett; Sir William Berkley; and Sir John
Colleton, their heirs and Assigns, full and absolute power and authority
to Make, Erect, and Constitute within the said Province of CAROLINA, and
the Isles and Islets aforesaid, such and so many Seaports, harbours, Creeks,
and other Places for discharge and unlading of goods and Merchandises out
of Ships, Boats, and other Vessels, and for lading of them, in such and
so many Places, and with such Jurisdictions, Privileges, Jurisdictions
, and Franchises unto the said Ports belonging, as to them shall seem most
expedient;
AND that all and singular
the Ships, Boats, and other Vessels which shall come for Merchandise and
Trade into the said Province, or shall depart out of the same, shall be
laden and unladen at such Ports only as shall be erected and Constituted
by the said Edward, Earl of Clarendon; George, Duke of Albemarle; William,
Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley; Sir George Carterett;
Sir William Berkley; and Sir John Colleton, their heirs and Assigns, and
not elsewhere; any use, Custom, or anything to the contrary in any wise
notwithstanding.
AND WE Do, furthermore,
Will, appoint, and Ordain, and, by these presents, for us, our heirs and
Successors, do Grant unto the said Edward, Earl of Clarendon; George, Duke
of Albemarle; William, Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley;
Sir George Carterett; Sir William Berkley; and Sir John Colleton, their
heirs and Assigns, That they, the said Edward, Earl of Clarendon; George,
Duke of Albemarle; William, Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord
Ashley; Sir George Carterett; Sir William Berkley; and Sir John Colleton,
their heirs and Assigns, may, from time to time, forever, have and enjoy
the Customs and Subsidies, in the Ports, Harbours, Creeks, and other Places
within the Province aforesaid, payable for goods, Merchandises, and Wares
there laded or to be laded or unladed; the said Customs to be reasonably
Assessed upon any occasion by themselves, and by and with the Consent of
the free people there, by the greater part of them, as aforesaid: to whom
We give power, by these presents, for us, our heirs and Successors, upon
just Cause and in a due proportion, to Assess and Impose the same.
AND FURTHER, of our especial
grace, certain knowledge, and mere motion, WE HAVE given, Granted, and
Confirmed, and, by these presents, for us, our heirs and Successors, Do
give, Grant, and Confirm, unto the said Edward, Earl of Clarendon; George,
Duke of Albemarle; William, Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord
Ashley; Sir George Carterett; Sir William Berkley; and Sir John Colleton,
their heirs and Assigns, full and absolute licence, power, and authority
that the said Edward, Earl of Clarendon; George, Duke of Albemarle;
William, Lord Craven;
John, Lord Berkley;
Anthony, Lord Ashley; Sir George Carterett; Sir William Berkley; and Sir
John Colleton, their heirs and Assigns, from time to time hereafter, forever,
at his and their will and pleasure, may Assign, Alien, Grant, Demise, or
enfeoff the premises, or any part or parcels thereof, to him or them that
shall be willing to purchase the same, and to such Person or Persons as
they shall think fit;
TO HAVE AND TO HOLD to
them the said Person or Persons, their heirs and Assigns, in Fee simple
or Fee tail, or for term of life or lives or years; to be held of them,
the said Edward, Earl of Clarendon; George, Duke of Albemarle; William,
Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley; Sir George Carterett;
Sir William Berkley; and Sir John Colleton, their heirs and Assigns, by
such Rents, Services, and Customs as shall seem meet to the said Edward,
Earl of Clarendon; George, Duke of Albemarle; William, Lord Craven; John,
Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley; Sir George Carterett; Sir William Berkley;
and Sir John Colleton, their heirs and Assigns, and not immediately of
us, our heirs and Successors.
AND to the same Person
or Persons, and to all and every of them, WE DO give and Grant, by these
presents, for us, our heirs and Successors, Licence, authority, and power
That such Person or Persons may have or take the premises, or any parcel
thereof, of the said Edward, Earl of Clarendon; George, Duke of Albemarle;
William, Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley; Sir George
Carterett; Sir William Berkley; and Sir John Colleton, their heirs and
Assigns; and the same to hold to themselves, their heirs or Assigns, in
what estate of Inheritance soever, in Fee simple of Fee tail or otherwise,
as to them and the said Earl of Clarendon; George, Duke of Albemarle; William,
Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley; Sir George Carterett
; Sir William Berkley; and Sir John Colleton, their heirs and Assigns,
shall seem expedient; The Statute made in the Parliament of Edward, Son
of King Henry, heretofore King of England, our Predecessor, commonly called
the Statute of Quia Emptores Terrarum, or any other Statute, Act, Ordinance,
use, Law, Custom, or any other matter, Cause, or thing heretofore published
or provided to the contrary in any wise notwithstanding.
AND because many Persons
born or inhabiting in the said Province, for their deserts and Services,
may expect, and be capable of, Marks of Honour and favour, which, in respect
of the great distance, cannot conveniently be Conferred by us:
OUR WILL AND PLEASURE,
therefore, is, and We do, by these presents, Give and Grant unto the said
Edward, Earl of Clarendon; George, Duke of Albemarle; William, Lord Craven;
John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley; Sir George Carterett; Sir William
Berkley; and Sir John Colleton, their Heirs and Assigns, full Power and
Authority to give and Confer, unto and upon such of the Inhabitants of
the said Province as they shall think do or shall merit the same, such
marks of favour and Titles of honour as they shall think fit; so as those
Titles or honours be not the same as are enjoyed by or Conferred upon any
the Subjects of this our Kingdom of England.
AND FURTHER, also, We
do, by these presents, for us, our heirs and Successors, give and grant
Licence to them, the said Edward, Earl of Clarendon; George, Duke of Albemarle;
William, Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley; Sir George
Carterett; Sir William Berkley; and Sir John Colleton, their heirs and
Assigns, full power, liberty, and licence to Erect, raise, and build, within
the said Province and Places aforesaid, or any part or parts thereof, such
and so many Forts, Fortresses, Castles , Cities, Boroughs, Towns, Villages,
and other Fortifications whatsoever; And the same, or any of them, to Fortify
and furnish with Ordnance, Powder, Shot, Armour, and all other Weapons,
Ammunition, and habiliments of War, both offensive and defensive, as shall
be thought fit and convenient, for the safety and welfare of the said Province
and Places, or any part thereof; And the same, or any of them, from time
to time, as occasion shall require, to dismantle, disfurnish, demolish,
and pull down; and Also, to place, Constitute, and appoint, in or over
all or any of the said Castles, Forts, Fortifications, Cities, Towns, and
Places aforesaid, Governors, Deputy Governors, Magistrates, Sheriffs, and
other Officers, Civil and Military, as to them shall seem meet;
AND to the said Cities,
Boroughs, Town, Villages, or any other Place or Places within the said
Province, to grant Letters or Charters of Incorporation, with all Liberties,
Franchises, and Privileges requisite and usual, or to or within any Corporations
within this our Kingdom of England granted or belonging; And in the same
Cities, Boroughs, Towns, and other Places, to Constitute, Erect, and appoint
such and so many Markets, Marts, and Fairs as shall in that behalf be thought
fit and necessary;
AND further, also, to
Erect and make in the Province aforesaid, or any part thereof, so many
Manors as to them shall seem meet and convenient; and in every of the same
Manors to have and to hold a Court Baron, with all things whatsoever which
to a Court Baron do belong; And to have and to hold Views of Frankpledge
and Courts Leet, for the Conservation of the Peace and better Government
of those parts, within such Limits, Jurisdiction, and Precincts as by the
said Edward, Earl of Clarendon; George, Duke of Albemarle; William, Lord
Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley; Sir George Carterett;
Sir William Berkley; and Sir John Colleton, or their heirs, shall be appointed
for that purpose, with all things whatsoever which to a Court Leet or View
of Frankpledge do belong; the same Courts to be held by Stewards, to be
Deputed and authorized by the said Edward, Earl of Clarendon; George, Duke
of Albemarle; William, Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley;
Sir George Carterett; Sir William Berkley; and Sir John Colleton, or their
heirs, or by the Lords of other Manors and Leets for the time being, when
the same shall be Erected.
AND because that, in
so remote a Country and situate among so many barbarous Nations, the Invasions
as well of Savages as other Enemies, Pirates, and Robbers may probably
be feared:
THEREFORE, WE HAVE given,
and, for us, our heirs and Successors, Do give, power, by these presents,
unto the said Edward, Earl of Clarendon; George, Duke of Albemarle; William,
Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley; Sir George Carterett;
Sir William Berkley; and Sir John Colleton, their heirs and Assigns, by
themselves or their Captains or other their Officers, to Levy, Muster,
and Train all sorts of men, of what Condition or wheresoever born, in the
said Province for the time being; and to make War and pursue the Enemies
aforesaid, as well by Sea as by land, yea, even without the limits of the
said Province; and, by God's assistance, to vanquish and take them, and
being taken, to put them to death, by the law of war, or to save them,
at their pleasure; and to do all and every other thing which unto the Charge
And Office of a Captain General of an Army belongs, or has accustomed to
belong, as fully and freely as any Captain General of an Army has ever
had the same.
ALSO, our Will and pleasure
is, and, by this our Charter, WE DO give unto the said Edward, Earl of
Clarendon; George, Duke of Albemarle; William, Lord Craven; John, Lord
Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley; Sir George Carterett; Sir William Berkley;
and Sir John Colleton, their heirs and Assigns, full power, liberty, and
authority, in case of rebellion, tumult, or Sedition, if any should happen,
which God forbid, either upon the land within the Province aforesaid or
upon the main Sea in making a Voyage thither or returning from thence,
by him and themselves, their Captains, Deputies, or Officers, to be authorized
under his or their Seals for that purpose, to whom also, for us, our heirs
and Successors, WE DO give and Grant, by these presents, full power and
authority, to exercise Martial Law against mutinous and
seditious Persons of
those parts, such as shall refuse to submit themselves to their Government,
or shall refuse to serve in the Wars, or shall fly to the Enemy, or forsake
their Colors or Ensigns, or be loiterers or Stragglers, or otherwise howsoever
offending against Law, Custom, or Discipline Military; as freely and in
as ample manner and form as any Captain General of an Army, by virtue of
his Office, might, or has accustomed to, use the same. AND Our further
pleasure is, and, by these presents, for us, our heirs and Successors,
WE DO Grant unto the said Edward, Earl of Clarendon; George, Duke of Albemarle;
William, Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley; Sir George
Carterett; Sir William Berkley; and Sir John Colleton, their heirs
and Assigns, and to the Tenants and Inhabitants of the said Province of
Carolina, both present and to come, and to every of them, that the said
Province, and the Tenants and Inhabitants thereof, shall not from henceforth
be held or reputed a Member or part of any Colony whatsoever, in America
or elsewhere, now transported or made, or hereafter to be transported or
made; nor shall be depending on, or subject to, their Government in any
thing, but be absolutely separated and divided from the same;
AND OUR pleasure is,
by these presents, that they be separated, and that they be subject immediately
to our Crown of England, as depending thereof, forever; And that the Inhabitants
of the said Province, nor any or them, shall, at any time hereafter, be
compelled or compellable, or be any ways subject or liable, to appear or
Answer to any matter, Suit, Cause, or Plaint whatsoever, out of the Province
aforesaid, in any other of our Islands, Colonies, or Dominions, in America
or elsewhere, other than in our Realm of England and Dominion of Wales.
AND because it
may happen that some of the People and Inhabitants of the said Province
cannot in their private opinions Conform to the Public Exercise of Religion
according to the Liturgy, forms, and Ceremonies of the Church of England,
or take or subscribe the Oaths and Articles made and established in that
behalf; AND for that the same, by reason of the remote distances of those
Places, Will, as We hope, be no breach of the unity and uniformity established
in this Nation:
OUR WILL and pleasure,
therefore, is, AND WE DO, by these presents, for us, our heirs and Successors,
Give and Grant unto the said Edward, Earl of Clarendon; George, Duke of
Albemarle; William, Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley;
Sir George Carterett; Sir William Berkley; and Sir John Colleton, their
heirs and Assigns, full and free Licence, liberty, and Authority, by such
legal ways and means as they shall think fit, to give and grant unto such
Person and Persons inhabiting and being within the said Province, or any
part thereof, Who
really in their Judgments,
and for Conscience sake, cannot or shall not Conform to the said Liturgy
and Ceremonies, and take and Subscribe the Oaths and Articles aforesaid,
or any of them, such Indulgencies and Dispensations in that Behalf, for
and during such time and times, and with such limitations and restrictions,
as they, the said Edward, Earl of Clarendon; George, Duke of Albemarle;
William, Lord Craven; John, Lord Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley; Sir George
Carterett; Sir William Berkley; and Sir John Colleton, their heirs or Assigns,
shall, in their discretions, think fit and reasonable;
AND with this express
Proviso and Limitation also, that such Person and Persons to whom such
Indulgencies or Dispensations shall be granted, as aforesaid, do and shall,
from time to time, Declare and continue all fidelity, Loyalty, and Obedience
to us, our heirs and Successors; and be subject and obedient to all other
the Laws, Ordinances, and Constitutions of the said Province, in all matters
whatsoever, as well Ecclesiastical as Civil; And do not in any wise disturb
the Peace and safety thereof, or scandalize or reproach the said Liturgy,
forms, and
Ceremonies, or any thing
relating thereunto, or any Person or Persons whatsoever for, or in respect
of, his or their use or exercise thereof, or his or their obedience or
Conformity thereunto.
AND in Case it shall
happen that any doubts or questions should arise concerning the true Sense
and understanding of any word, Clause, or Sentence contained in this our
present Charter:
WE WILL, Ordain, and
Command that, at all times and in all things, such interpretation be made
thereof, and allowed in all and every of our Courts whatsoever, as lawfully
may be Adjudged most advantageous and favourable to the said Edward, Earl
of Clarendon; George, Duke of Albemarle; William, Lord Craven; John, Lord
Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley; Sir George Carterett; Sir William Berkley;
and Sir John Colleton, their heirs and Assigns.
ALTHOUGH EXPRESS MENTION
be not made in these presents of the true yearly value and certainty of
the premises, or any part thereof, or of any other gifts and grants made
by us, our Ancestors or Predecessors, to them, the said Edward, Earl of
Clarendon; George, Duke of Albemarle; William, Lord Craven; John, Lord
Berkley; Anthony, Lord Ashley; Sir George Carterett; Sir William Berkley;
and Sir John Colleton, or any other Person or Persons whatsoever, Or any
Statute, Act, Ordinance, Provision, Proclamation, or restraint heretofore
had, made, published,
ordained, or Provided,
or any other thing, Cause, or matter whatsoever to the contrary thereof
in any wise notwithstanding.
IN WITNESS whereof We
have caused these our Letters to be made Patent.
WITNESS, our Self, at
Westminster, the Four and Twentieth day of
March, in the Fifteenth
year of our Reign.
By the King
HOWARD
Footnote #6
The Fundamental Constitutions,
Granting North Carolina to the lord Proprietors
Version of July 21, 1669
OUR Sovereign Lord the
King having, out of his royal grace and bounty, granted unto us the Province
of Carolina, with all the royalties, Proprieties, Jurisdictions, and privileges
of a County Palatine, as large and ample as the County Palatine of Durham,
with other great privileges; for the better settlement of the Government
of the said Place, and establishing the interest of the Lords Proprietors
with Equality, and without confusion; and that the Government of this Province
may be made most agreeable unto the Monarchy under which we live, and of
which this province is a part; and that we may avoid erecting a numerous
Democracy: We, the true and absolute Lords and Proprietors of the Province
aforesaid, have agreed to this following form of Government, to be perpetually
established amongst us, unto which we do oblige ourselves, our heirs and
successors, in the most
binding ways that can
be devised.
2. Out of the eight Proprietors
there shall be chosen, by themselves, a Palatine, who shall continue during
life, whose son shall not be capable of immediately succeeding him after
his death; but the eldest in Age of the other Proprietors shall succeed,
to prevent the making the office in this little government Hereditary and
to avoid the mischief of factions in Elections.
3. There shall be Seven
other chief offices erected, viz., the chief Justice's, Chancellor's, Constable's,
High Steward's, Treasurer's, Chamberlain's, Admiral's; which places shall
be enjoyed by none but the Lords Proprietors, to be assigned at first by
lot; and upon the vacancy of any one of the seven great Offices by death,
or otherwise, the Eldest proprietor [shall] have his choice of the said
place.
4. Each Province shall
be divided into Counties; each County shall consist of eight Seigniories,
eight Baronies, and four precincts; each Precinct shall consist of Six
Colonies.
5. Each Colony, Seigniory,
and Barony shall consist of twelve thousand Acres, the eight Seigniories
being the share of the eight Proprietors, and the eight Baronies of the
Nobility; both which shares, being each of them a fifth part of the whole,
are to be perpetually annexed, the one to the Proprietors, the other to
the Hereditary Nobility, Leaving the Colonies, being three fifths, amongst
the people; that so, in the Setting out and planting the lands, the Balance
of Government may be preserved.
6. At any time before
the year 1701, any of the [Lords] Proprietors shall have power to relinquish,
Alienate, and dispose, to any other person, his Proprietorship, and all
the Seigniories, powers, and Interest thereunto belonging, wholly and entirely
together, and not otherwise. But after the year 1700, those who are then
[Lords] Proprietors shall not have power to Alienate or make over their
proprietorship, with Seigniories and privileges thereunto belonging, or
any part thereof, to any person whatsoever , otherwise than as in Article
18, but it shall descend unto their heirs male; and for want of heirs male,
it shall descend on that Landgrave or Cacique of Carolina who is descended
of the next heir female of the said Proprietor; and for want of Such heirs,
it shall descend on the next heir general; and for want of Such heirs,
the remaining Seven proprietors shall, upon the Vacancy, choose a Landgrave
to succeed the deceased proprietor, who being chosen by the majority of
the Seven Surviving proprietors, he and his heirs Successively shall be
proprietors as fully, to all intents and purposes, as any of the rest.
7. And that the
number of eight Proprietors may be constantly kept, if, upon the vacancy
of any Proprietorship, the Surviving Seven Proprietors shall not choose
a Landgrave or [Cacique] as a proprietor before the Second session of Parliament
after the vacancy, then the Parliament, at the next Session but one after
Such vacancy, shall have power to choose and Landgrave [or Cacique] to
be Proprietor; but whosoever after the year 1700, either by inheritance
or choice, shall Succeed any Proprietor in his proprietorship, and Seigniories
thereunto belonging, shall be obliged to take the name and Arms of that
proprietor whom he Succeeds, which from thenceforth shall be the name and
Arms of his Family and their posterity.
8. Whatsoever Landgrave
[or Cacique] shall be chosen into a proprietorship shall take the Seigniories
annexed to the said proprietorship, but shall relinquish all the Baronies
belonging to his Landgraveship [or Caciqueship] to be disposed of by the
proprietors as in the following Articles.
9. To every County
there shall be three as the hereditary Nobility of this Palatinate, who
shall be called the one a Landgrave and the other two Caciques, and shall
have place the in the Parliament there; the Landgrave shall have four Baronies,
and the two Caciques, each of them, two apiece, hereditary, and unalterably
annexed to and settled upon the said Dignity.
10. The first Landgrave
and Caciques of every County shall be nominated, not by the Joint election
of the Proprietors all together, but the eight Proprietors shall, each
of them separately, nominate and choose one Landgrave and two Caciques
for the eight first Counties to be planted; and when the said eight Counties
shall be planted, the proprietors shall, n the same manner, nominate and
Choose eight more Landgraves and sixteen aciques for the eight next Counties
to be planted; and so proceed, in the same manner, till the whole province
of Carolina be set out and planted according to the [proportions] in these
fundamental Constitutions.
11. Any Landgrave
or Cacique, at any time before the year 1701, shall have power to alienate,
sell, or make over, to any other person, his dignity, with the Baronies
thereunto belonging, all entirely together; but after the year 1700, no
Landgrave or Cacique shall have power to alienate, Sell, make over, or
let the hereditary Baronies of his dignity, r any part thereof, otherwise
than as in Article 18; but they shall all entirely, with the dignity thereunto
belonging, descend unto his heirs male; and for want of Such heirs Male,
all entirely and undivided, to the next heir general; and for want of Such
heirs, shall devolve into the hands of the Proprietors.
12. That the due
number of Landgraves and Caciques may be always kept up, if, upon the devolution
of any Landgraveship or Caciqueship, the Proprietors shall not settle the
devolved dignity, with the Baronies thereunto annexed, before the second
Session of Parliament after Such devolution, the Parliament, at the next
[Biennial] Session but one after Such devolution, shall have power to make
any one Landgrave or Cacique in the Room of him, who dying without heirs,
his dignity and Baronies devolved.
13. No one person
shall have more than one dignity, with the Seigniories or Baronies thereunto
belonging; but whensoever it shall happen that any one who is already Proprietor,
Landgrave, or Cacique shall have any of those dignities descend to him
by inheritance, it shall be at his choice to keep one of the two dignities,
with the Lands annexed, he shall like best, but shall leave the other,
with the lands annexed, to be enjoyed by him who, not being his heir apparent,
and certain successor to his present dignity, is next afterward.
14. Whosoever,
by right of Inheritance, shall come to be Landgrave or Cacique shall take
the name and Arms of his predecessor in that dignity, to be from thenceforth
the Name and Arms of his Family and their posterity.
15. Since the dignity
of Proprietor, of 8 Landgrave, or Cacique cannot be divided, and the Seigniories
or Baronies thereunto annexed must for ever, all entirely, descend with
and accompany that dignity, when ever, for want of heirs Male, it shall
descend upon the Issue Female, the Eldest Daughter and her heirs shall
be preferred; and in the Inheritance of those dignities, and in the Seigniories
or Baronies annexed, there shall be no Coheirs.
16. After the year
1700, whatsoever Landgrave or Cacique shall, without leave from the Palatine's
Court, be out of Carolina during two successive biennial Parliaments shall,
at the end of the second biennial Parliament after such his absence, be
summoned by Proclamation: and if he come not into Carolina before the next
biennial Parliament after Such Summons, then it shall be lawful for the
grand Council, at a price set by the said Council and approved by the Parliament,
to sell the Baronies, with the Dignities thereunto belonging, of the said
absent Landgrave or Cacique, all together, to any one to whom the said
Council shall think fit; but the price so paid for said Dignity or Baronies
shall be deposited in the Treasury, for the sole use and behoof of the
former owner, or his [heirs or] assigns.
17. In every Seigniory,
Barony, and Manor, the Lord shall have power in his own name, to hold Court
there, for trying of all causes, both Civil and Criminal; but where it
shall concern any other person being no Inhabitant, Vassal, or Leet man
of the said Barony or Seigniory [or manor], he, upon paying down of forty
shillings unto the Proprietors' use, shall have an appeal from thence unto
the County Court; and if the Lord be cast, the said Lord shall pay unto
the appellant the said forty shillings, with other charges.
18. The Lords of
Seigniories and Baronies shall have power only of granting Estates, not
exceeding three lives or one and thirty years, in two thirds of the said
Seigniories or Baronies; and the remaining third shall be always Demesne.
19. Every Manor
shall consist of not less than three thousand Acres and not above twelve
thousand Acres in one entire piece; but any three thousand acres or more
in one piece and the possession of one Man shall not be a manor unless
it be constituted a manor by the grant of the Lords Proprietors.
20. Every Lord
of a manor, within his manor, shall have all the powers, Jurisdictions,
and Privileges which a Landgrave or Cacique has in his Baronies.
21. Any Lord of
a manor may Alienate, sell, or dispose, to any other person, and his heirs,
for ever, [his manor], all entirely together, with all the privileges and
Leet men thereunto belonging, so far forth as any other Colony Lands; but
no grant of any part thereof, either in fee or for any longer term than
three lives or twenty one years, shall be good against the next heir; neither
shall a manor, for want of Issue Male, be divided amongst Coheirs; but
the manor, if there be but one, shall all entirely descend to the Eldest
Daughter and [her] heirs; if there be more manors than one in the possession
of Palatine the deceased, the Eldest Sister shall have her choice, the
Second next, and so on, beginning [again] at the Eldest, till all the manors
be taken up, that So, the privileges which belong to manors being indivisible,
the lands of the manor to which they are annexed may be Kept entire, and
the manor not lose those privileges, which upon parcelling out to Several
owners must necessarily cease.
22. In every Seigniory,
Barony, and manor, all the tenants or Leet men shall be under the Jurisdiction
of the Lord of the said Seigniory, Barony, or Manor, without appeal from
him unless as in the Article 26; nor shall any Leet man or Leet woman have
liberty to go off from the Land of his particular Lord and live any where
else without Licences obtained from his Said Lord, under hand and Seal.
23. All the Children
of Leet men shall be Leet men, and so to all generations.
24. NO man shall
be capable of having a Court Leet or Leet men but a Proprietor Landgrave,
or Cacique, or Lord of a Manor.
25. Whoever is
Lord of Leet men shall, upon the marriage of a Leet man or Leet woman of
his, give them ten Acres of Land for their lives, they paying to him therefor
one eighth of all the yearly increase and growth of the said acres.
26. In case the
Lord of any Seigniory, Barony, or manor shall have made a Contract or agreement
with his Tenants, which agreement, by consent, is Registered in the next
[precinct] Registry, then, in Such case, the said Tenant may appeal unto,
or bring his Complaint originally in, the County Court for the performance
of such agreements, and not otherwise.
27. There shall
be eight Courts or Councils for the dispatch of all affairs, the first,
Called the Palatine's Court, to consist of the Palatine and the other Seven
Proprietors. The other seven courts of the other seven great Officers
shall consist, each of them, of a Proprietor and Six Councillors added
to him; under each of these latter seven [Courts] shall be a College of
twelve assistants. The twelve assistants [out] of the Several Colleges
shall be Chosen: two out of the Landgraves, by the Landgraves' Chamber
during the Session of Parliament; two out of the Caciques, by the Caciques'
Chamber during the Session of Parliament; two out of the Landgraves, Caciques,
or Eldest sons of the Proprietors, by the Palatine's Court; four more of
the twelve shall be chosen by the Commons' Chamber, during the Session
of Parliament, out of such as have been or are members of Parliament, Sheriffs,
or Justices of the County Court; the other two shall be Chosen by the Palatine's
Court out of the aforesaid members of Parliament, or Sheriffs, or Justices
of the County Court, or the Eldest sons of Landgraves or Caciques, or younger
Sons of Proprietors.
28. Out of these Colleges
shall be Chosen Six Councillors to be joined with each Proprietor in his
Court; of which six, one shall be of those who were Chosen into any of
the Colleges by the Palatine's Court out of the Landgraves, Caciques, or
Eldest Sons of Proprietors; one out of those who were Chosen into any of
the Colleges by the Landgraves' Chamber; and one [out of] those who were
Chosen into any one of the Colleges by the Caciques' Chamber; two out of
those who were Chosen into any one of the Colleges by the Commons' Chamber;
and one out of those who were Chosen by the Palatine's Court into any of
the Colleges out of the Proprietors' younger Sons, or Eldest Sons of Landgraves
or Caciques, or Commons Qualified as aforesaid.
29. When it shall happen
that any Councillor dies, and thereby there is a vacancy, the grand council
shall have power to remove any Councillor that is willing to be removed
out of any other of the Proprietors' Courts to fill up this vacancy, provided
they take a man of the Same degree and choice the other was [of] whose
vacant place [is] to be filled; but if no Councillor consent to be removed,
or upon Such remove, the last remaining vacant place in any of the Proprietors'
Courts shall be filled up by the choice of the grand Council, who shall
have power to remove out of any of the Colleges any Assistant who is of
the same degree and choice that Councillor was [of] into whose vacant place
he is to succeed; the grand Council, also, shall have power to remove any
Assistant that is willing out of one College into another, provided he
be of the same degree and choice; but the last remaining vacant place in
any College shall be filled up by the same choice and out of the same degree
of persons the Assistant was of who is dead or removed. No Place shall
be vacant in any Proprietors' Court above six Months; no place shall be
vacant in any College longer than the next session of Parliament.
30. No man being a member
of the grand Council or of any of the seven Colleges shall be turned out
but For misdemeanor, of which the grand Council shall be Judge; and the
vacancy of the person so put out shall be filled, not by the Election of
the grand Council, but by those who first chose him, and out of the same
degree he was [of] who is expelled.
31. All Elections in
the Parliament, in the Several Chambers of the Parliament, and in the grand
Council shall be passed by balloting.
32. The Palatine's
Court shall consist of the Palatine and Seven Proprietors, wherein nothing
shall be acted without the presence and consent of the Palatine, or his
Deputy, and three others of the Proprietors, or their Deputies. [This Court]
shall have power to call Parliaments, to pardon all Offences, to make Elections
of all Officers in the Proprietors' dispose; and also, they shall have
power, by their Order to the Treasurer, to dispose of all public Treasure,
excepting money granted by the Parliament and by them directed to Some
[particular] public use; and also, they shall have a Negative upon all
Acts, Orders, Votes, and Judgments of the grand Council and the Parliament;
and shall have all the powers granted to the Proprietors by their patent,
except in such things as are limited by these fundamental constitutions
and form of government.
33. The Palatine
him self, when he in person shall be either in the Army or in any of the
Proprietors' Courts, shall then have the power of General or of that Proprietor
in whose Court he is then present; and the Proprietor in whose Court the
Palatine then presides shall, during his presence there, be but as one
of the Council.
34. The Chancellor's
Court, consisting of one of the Proprietors and his six Councillors, who
shall be called vice-chancellors, shall have the Custody of the Seal of
the Palatinate, under which all charters, of Lands or otherwise, Commissions,
and grants of the Palatine's Court shall pass, etc. To this Court, also,
belongs all state matters, dispatches, and treaties, with the Neighbour
Indians or any other, so far forth as us permitted by our Charter from
our Sovereign Lord the King. To this office, also, belongs all Innovations
of the Law of Liberty of conscience, and all disturbances of the public
peace upon
pretence of Religion,
as also, the Licence of printing. The twelve assistants belonging to this
Court shall be called Recorders.
35. The Chancellor,
or his Deputy, shall be always Speaker in Parliament and President of the
grand council, and in his and his Deputy's absence, one of his Vice-Chancellors.
The Chief Justice's Court, consisting of one of the proprietors and his
six Councillors, who shall be called Justices of the Bench, shall Judge
all appeals, both in cases Civil and Criminal, except all Such cases as
shall be under the Jurisdiction and Cognizance of any other of the Proprietors'
Courts, which shall be tried in those Courts respectively. The Government
and regulations of the Registries of writings and contracts shall belong
to the Jurisdiction of this Court. The twelve assistants of this Court
shall be called Masters.
36. The High Constable's
Court, consisting of one of the Proprietors and his six Councillors, who
shall be called Marshals, shall order and determine of all Military affairs
concern by land, and all land forces, Arms, Ammunition, Artillery, Garrisons,
and Forts, etc., and whatever belongs unto war. His twelve assistants shall
be called Lieutenant Generals. In Court s time of actual war, The High
Constable, whilst he is in the Army, shall be General of the 42 Army, and
the six Councillors, or such of them as the Palatine's Court shall for
that time Courts [and service] appoint, shall be the immediate great Officers
under him, and the Lieutenant appeal. Generals next to them.
37. The Admiral's
Court, consisting of one of the Proprietors and his Six Councillors, called
Consuls, shall have the care and inspection over all ports, Moles, and
Navigable Rivers so far as the Tide flows; and also, all the public Shipping
of Carolina, and stores thereunto belonging, and all maritime affairs.
This Court, also, shall have the power of the Court of Admiralty; and also,
to hear and try by Law-Merchant all cases in Matters of shall Trade between
the Merchants of Carolina amongst them selves, arising without the limits
of Carolina; as also, all controversies in Merchandising that shall happen
between be Denizens of Carolina and foreigners. The twelve Assistants belonging
to this court shall be where l called proconsuls.
38. The Treasurer's
Court, consisting of one proprietor and his Six Councillors, called under-Treasurers,
shall take care of all matters that concerns the public revenue and Treasury.
The twelve assistants shall be called Auditors.
39. The High Steward's
court, consisting of a proprietor and his six Councillors, who shall be
called Comptrollers, shall have the care of all foreign and domestic Trade,
factures, public buildings and work-houses, high ways, passages by water
above the flood the of the Tide, drains, sewers and Banks against inundations,
Bridges, Posts, Carriers, Fairs, Markets, and all things in order to Travel
and commerce, and anything that may corrupt, deprave, or Infect the common
Air or water, and all other things wherein the Public [trade], commerce,
or health is
concerned; and also,
the setting out and surveying of lands; and also, the setting out and appointing
[places] for towns to be built on in the Precincts, and the prescribing
and determining the Figure and bigness of the said Towns according to such
Models as the said court shall order, contrary or differing from which
Models it shall not be lawful for any one to build in any Town.
40. This Court
shall have power, also, to make any public building or any new highway,
or enlarge any old high way, upon any Man's Land whatsoever; as also, to
make cuts, Channels, Banks, locks, and Bridges, for making Rivers Navigable,
for draining of Fens, or any other public uses; the damage the owner of
such land, on or through where any such public thing shall be made, shall
receive thereby shall be valued by a Jury of twelve men of the Precinct
in which any such thing is done, and
satisfaction shall be
made accordingly by a Tax, either on the County or that particular precinct,
as the grand Council shall think fit to order in that particular case.
The twelve assistants belonging to this Court shall be called Surveyors.
41. The Chamberlain's
Court, consisting of a proprietor and his six Councillors, called Vice-Chamberlains,
shall have the power to convocate the grand Council; shall have the care
of all Ceremonies, Precedency, Heraldry, reception of public Messengers,
and pedigrees; the registries of all Births, Burials, and Marriages; legitimation
and all cases concerning Matrimony or arising from it; and shall, also,
have power to Regulate all Fashions, Habits, Badges, Games, and Sports.
The twelve assistants belonging to this Court shall be called Provosts.
42. All causes belonging
to, or under the Jurisdiction of, any of the Proprietors' Courts shall
in them respectively be tried and ultimately determined, without any further
appeal.
43. The proprietors'
Courts shall have a power to mitigate all fines and suspend all executions,
either before or after sentence, in any of the other respective Inferior
Courts.
44. In all debates, hearings,
or Trials in any of the Proprietors' Courts, the twelve assistants belonging
to the Said Court respectively shall have Liberty to be present, but shall
not interpose unless their opinions be required, nor have any Vote at all;
but their [business shall] be, by direction of the respective courts, to
prepare Such business as shall be committed to them; as also, to bear Such
Offices and dispatch Such affairs, either where the Court is kept or else
where, as the Court shall think fit.
45. In all the Proprietors'
Courts [any] three shall make a Quorum.
46. The grand Council
shall consist of the Palatine, and Seven Proprietors, and the forty two
Councillors of the Several Proprietors' Courts; who shall have power to
determine any Controversies that may arise between any of the Proprietors'
Courts about their respective Jurisdictions; to make peace and war, Leagues,
Treaties, etc., with any of the Neighbour Indians; To issue out their General
Orders to the Constable's and Admiral's Court for the Raising, disposing,
or disbanding the Forces, by land or by Sea; to prepare all matters to
be proposed in Parliament; nor shall any Tax or law or other matters whatsoever
be proposed, debated, or Voted in Parliament but what has first passed
the grand Council and, in form of a bill to be passed, is by them presented
to the Parliament; nor shall any bill So prepared [and presented by the
grand Council to the Parliament to be enacted, whether it be an antiquated
Law or otherwise, be voted or passed into an Act of Parliament], or be
at all Obligatory, unless it be three Several days read openly in the Parliament,
and then, afterwards, by Majority of Votes, Enacted, during the same session
wherein it was thrice read, and also confirmed by the Palatine and three
of the Proprietors as is above said.
47. The grand Council
shall always be Judges of all Causes and appeals that concerns the Palatine,
or any of the proprietors, or any councillor of any Proprietors' Court
in any Case which otherwise should have been Tried in that Court in which
the said Councillor is Judge him self.
48. The Grand Council,
by their warrants to the Treasurer's Court, shall dispose of all the money
given by the Parliament and by them directed to any particular public use.
49. The Quorum
of the grand Council shall be thirteen, whereof a Proprietor, or his Deputy,
shall be always one.
50. The Palatine,
or any of the Proprietors shall have power, under hand and seal, to be
Registered in the grand Council, to make a Deputy; who shall have the same
power, to all intents and purposes, that he himself who deputes him, except
in confirming Acts of Parliament, as in Article [70]; all Such deputation
shall cease and determine of them selves at the end of four years, and
at any time shall be revocable at the pleasure of the Deputator.
51. No Deputy of
any Proprietor shall have any power whilst the deputator is in any part
of Carolina, except the Proprietor whose deputy he is be a Minor.
52. During the
minority of any Proprietor, his Guardian shall have power to constitute
and appoint his deputy.
53. The Eldest
of the Proprietors who shall be personally in Carolina shall of Course
be the Palatine's Deputy; and if no Proprietor be in Carolina, he shall
choose his deputy out of the heirs apparent of any of the Proprietors,
if any such be there; and if there be no heir apparent of any of the Proprietors,
above twenty one years old, in Carolina, then he shall choose for Deputy
any one of the Landgraves of the grand Council; and till he have, by deputation,
under hand and Seal, Chosen any one of the forementioned heirs apparent
or Landgrave to be his deputy, the Eldest Man of the Landgraves, and for
want of Landgraves, the Eldest Man of the Caciques, who shall be personally
in Carolina shall of course be his deputy.
54. The Proprietors'
deputy shall be always one of their own Six Councillors respectively.
55. In every County
there shall be a Court, consisting of a Sheriff and four Justices of the
County, being Inhabitants and having, each of them, at least five hundred
Acres of Freehold within the said County, to be chosen and Commissionated
from time to time the Palatine's court; who shall try and Judge all appeals
from any of the precinct Courts.
56. For any personal
causes Exceeding the value of two hundred pounds, or in Title of Lands,
or in any Criminal Cause, either party, upon paying twenty pounds to the
Proprietors' use, shall have Liberty of Appeal from the County Court unto
the respective Proprietors' Court.
57. In every Precinct
there shall be a Court, consisting of a Steward and four Justices of the
Precinct, being Inhabitants and having three hundred Acres of Freehold
within the said Precinct; who shall Judge all Criminal causes, except for
Treason, Murder, and any other offences punished with death; and all civil
causes whatsoever, and in all personal actions not exceeding fifty pounds
without appeal; but where the Cause shall exceed that Value, or concern
a Title of land, and in all Criminal causes, there, either party, upon
paying five pounds to the Proprietors' use, shall have Liberty of appeal
unto the County Court.
58. No cause shall be
twice tried in any one Court, upon any reason or pretence whatsoever.
59. For Treason, Murder,
and all other offences punishable with death, there shall be a Commission,
twice a year at least, granted unto one or more members of the [Grand]
Council or Colleges, who shall come as Itinerant Judges to the Several
Counties, and , with the Sheriff and four Justices, shall hold assizes,
and Judge all Such causes. But upon paying of fifty pounds to the proprietors'
use, there shall be Liberty of appeal to the respective Proprietors' Court.
60. The grand Juries
at the Several assizes shall have, upon their Oaths, and, under their hands
and Seals, deliver in to the Itinerant Judges a presentment of Such grievances,
Misdemeanors, exigencies, or defects which they shall think necessary for
the Public good of the Country; which presentment shall, by the Itinerant
Judges, at the End of their circuit, be delivered in to the grand Council
at their next Sitting; and whatsoever therein concerns the Execution of
Laws already made, the Several Proprietors' Courts, in the matters belonging
to each of them respectively, shall take Cognizance of [it], and [give]
such
order about it as shall
be Effectual for the due Execution of the laws; but whatever concerns the
making of any new laws shall be referred to the Several respective Courts
to which that matter belongs, and by them prepared and brought to the grand
Council.
61. For Terms,
there shall be quarterly Such a certain number of days, not exceeding twenty
one at any one time, as the Several respective Courts shall appoint; the
time for the beginning of the Term in the precinct Court shall be the first
Monday in January, April, July, and October; and in the County Court, the
first Monday of February, May, August, November; and in the Proprietors'
[Courts], the first Monday of March, June, September, and December.
62. For Juries
in the Precinct Court, no Man shall be a Jury Man under fifty Acres of
Freehold. In the County Court, or at the assizes, no man shall be a Jury
Man under two hundred acres of Freehold. No man shall be a Grand Jury Man
under three hundred acres of freehold; and in the Proprietors' Courts,
no Man shall be a Jury Man under five hundred acres of Freehold.
63. Every Jury
shall consist of twelve Men; and [it] shall [not] be necessary they should
all agree, but the Verdict shall be according to the consent of the Majority.
64. It shall be
a base and vile thing to Plead for money or Reward; nor shall any one,
except he be a Near Kinsman, not farther off than Cousin German to the
party concerned, be admitted to plead another man's cause till, before
the Judge in open Court, he has taken an Oath that he does [not] pleas
for money or reward, nor has nor will receive, nor directly nor indirectly
bargained with the party, whose cause he is going to Plead, for any money
or other reward for Pleading his Cause.
65. There shall
be a Parliament, consisting of the Proprietors, or their deputies, the
Landgraves and Caciques, and one Freeholder out of every Precinct, to be
Chosen by the Freeholders of the said Precinct respectively. They shall
sit all together in one Room, and have every member one Vote.
66. No man shall
be Chosen a member of Parliament who has less than five hundred Acres of
Freehold within the Precinct for which he is Chosen; nor shall any have
a vote in choosing the said member that has less than fifty acres of Freehold
within the said precinct.
67. A new Parliament
shall be assembled the first Monday of the Month of November every second
year, and shall meet and Sit in the Town they last Sat in, without any
Summons, unless by the Palatine, or his Deputy, together with any three
of the Proprietors, or their Deputies, they be Summoned to meet at any
other place; and if there shall be any occasion of a Parliament in these
Intervals, it shall be in the power of the Palatine, with any three of
the Proprietors, to assemble them on forty days' notice, at such time and
place as they shall think fit; and
the Palatine, or his
Deputy, with the ad vice and consent of any three of the Proprietors, or
their Deputies, shall have power to dissolve the Said Parliament when they
shall think fit.
68. At the opening
of every Parliament, the first thing that shall be done shall be the reading
of these fundamental constitutions, which the Palatine, and Proprietors,
and the rest of the members then present shall Subscribe. Nor shall any
Person whatsoever Sit or Vote in the Parliament till he has, that Sessions,
Subscribed these fundamental constitutions in a book kept for that purpose
by the Clerk of the Parliament.
69. And in order
to the due Election of members for this Biennial Parliament, it shall be
lawful for the Freeholders of the respective precincts to meet the first
Tuesday in September every two years, in the Same Town or place that they
last met in, to choose Parliament men, and there choose those members that
are to Sit the next November following, unless the Steward of the Precinct
shall, by Sufficient notice Thirty days before, appoint some other place
for their meeting in order to the Election.
70. No act or Order
of Parliament shall be of any force unless it be Ratified in open Parliament,
during the same Session, by the Palatine, or his Deputy, and three more
of the Proprietors, or their deputies; and then not to continue longer
in force but until the End of the next Biennial Parliament, unless in the
mean time it be Ratified under the hand and seal of the Palatine him self
and three more of the Proprietors them selves, and, by their Order, published
at the next Biennial Parliament.
71. Any Proprietor,
or his Deputy, may enter his Protestation against any act of the Parliament,
before the Palatine or his deputy's consent be given as aforesaid, if he
shall conceive the said act to be contrary to this Establishment or any
of these Fundamental Constitutions of the Government; and in Such case,
after a full and free debate, the several Estates shall retire into four
several Chambers, the Palatine and Proprietors into one, the Landgraves
into another, and the Caciques into another, and those Chosen by the Precincts
into a fourth; and if the major part of any four of these Estates 2'shall
Vote that the law is not agreeable to this Establishment and fundamental
constitution of the Government, then it shall pass no further, but be as
if it had never been proposed.
72. To avoid multiplicity
of laws, which by degrees always change the Right foundations of the Original
Government, all acts of Parliament whatsoever, in what form soever passed
or enacted, shall, at the end of Sixty years after their enacting, respectively
Cease and determine of them selves, and, without any repeal, become Null
and void, as if no such acts or laws had ever been made.
73. Since multiplicity
of Comments, as well as of laws, have great inconveniences, and Serve only
to obscure and perplex, all manner of comments and expositions on any part
of these fundamental constitutions, or on any part of the Common or Statute
law of Carolina, are absolutely prohibited.
74. There shall be a
Registry in every precinct, wherein shall be enrolled all deeds, Leases,
Judgments, or other conveyances which may concern any of the land within
the Said Precinct; and all Such conveyances not so entered or Registered
shall not be of force against any person not privy to the Said contract
or conveyance.
75. No man shall be Register
of any Precinct who has not at least three hundred acres of Freehold within
the Said Precinct.
76. The freeholders of
every Precinct shall nominate three men, out of which three the Chief Justice
court shall choose and Commission one to be Register of the Said precinct,
whilst he shall well behave him self.
77. There shall be a
Registry in every Colony, wherein shall be Recorded all the Births, Marriages,
and deaths that shall happen within the said Colony.
78. No man shall be Register
of a Colony that has not above fifty acres of Freehold within the said
Colony.
79. The time of every
one's Age shall be Recorded from the day that his Birth is entered in the
Registry, and not before.
80. No Marriage
shall be lawful, whatever Contract or Ceremonies they have used till both
the parties mutually own it before the Colony Register, and he enter it,
with the names of the Father and mother of such party.
81. No man shall
administer to the goods, or have right to them, or enter upon the Estate,
of any person deceased till his death be Registered in the Colony Registry.
82. He that does not
enter in the Colony Registry the death or Birth of any person that dies
in his house or ground shall pay to the said Register one shilling per
week for each Such neglect, Reckoning from the time of each death or birth
respectively to the time of Registering it.
83. In like manner, the
births, Marriages, and deaths of the Lords Proprietors, Landgraves, and
Caciques shall be Registered in the Chamberlain's Court.
84. There shall be in
every Colony one Constable, to be Chosen annually by the Freeholders of
the Colony, his Estate to be above one hundred acres of Freehold within
the Said Colony; and Such Subordinate officers appointed for his assistance
as the precinct court shall find requisite, and shall be Established by
the Precinct court; the Election of the Subordinate annual officers shall
be also in the Freeholders of the Colony.
85. All Towns incorporate
shall be Governed by a Mayor, twelve Aldermen, and twenty four of the Common
Council; the Said Common Council to be chosen by the present householders
of the Said Town; and the Aldermen to be Chosen out of the Common Council,
and the Mayor out of the Aldermen, by the Palatine and the
Proprietors.
86. No man shall
be permitted to be a Freeman of Carolina, or to have any Estate or habitation
within it, that does not acknowledge a God, and that God is publicly and
Solemnly to be worshipped.
87. But since the
Natives of that place, who will be concerned in our Plantations, are utterly
Strangers to Christianity, whose Idolatry, Ignorance, or mistake gives
us no right to expel or use them ill; and those who remove from other parts
to Plant there will unavoidably be of different opinions concerning matters
of Religion, the liberty whereof they will expect to have allowed them,
and it will not be reasonable for us, on this account, to keep them out-
that Civil peace may be maintained amidst the diversity of opinions, and
our agreement and compact with all men may be duly and faithfully observed,
the violation whereof, upon what pretence soever, cannot be without great
offence to Almighty God, and great Scandal to the true Religion that we
profess; and also, that heathens, Jews, and other dissenters from the purity
of Christian Religion may not be Scared and kept at a distance from it,
but, by having an opportunity of acquainting them selves with the truth
and reasonableness of its Doctrines, and the peaceableness and inoffensiveness
of its professors, may, by good usage and persuasion, and all those convincing
Methods of Gentleness and meekness Suitable to the Rules and design of
the Gospel, be won over to embrace and unfeignedly receive the truth: Therefore,
any Seven or more persons agreeing in any Religion shall constitute a church
or profession, to which they shall give Some name to distinguish it from
others.
88. The terms of admittance
and communion with any church or profession shall be written in a book
and therein be Subscribed by all the members of the said church or profession.
89. The time of
every one's Subscription and admittance shall be dated in the said book,
or record.
90. In the terms
of Communion of every church or profession, these following shall be three,
without which no agreement or assembly of men upon pretence of Religion
shall be accounted a Church or Profession within these Rules:
1. That there is a God.
2. That God is publicly
to be worshipped.
3. That it is lawful,
and the duty of every man, being thereunto called by those that Govern,
to bear witness to truth; and that every church or profession shall, in
their Terms of Communion, Set down the External way whereby they witness
a truth as in the presence of God, whether it be by laying hands on and
Kissing the Gospel, as in the Protestant and Papist Churches, or by holding
up the hand, or any other Sensible way.
91. No person above
seventeen years of Age shall have any benefit or protection of the law,
or be capable of any place of profit or honor, who is not a member of Some
church or profession, having his name recorded in Some one, and but one
Religion Record at once.
92. The Religious
Record of every church or profession shall be kept by the public Register
of the Precinct where they reside.
93. No man of any
other Church or profession shall disturb or molest any Religious Assembly.
94. No person whatsoever
shall speak any thing in their Religious assembly Irreverently or Seditiously
of the Government or Governors or States matters.
95. Any person Subscribing
the terms of Communion of any church or profession in the Record of the
said church before the Precinct Register and any one member of the church
or profession shall be thereby made a member of the Said church or profession.
96. Any person striking
out his own name out of any Record, or his name being struck out by any
officer thereunto Authorized by any church or profession, shall cease to
be a member of that Church or profession.
97. No person shall use
any reproachful, Reviling, or abusive language against the Religion of
any Church or Profession, that being the certain way of disturbing the
public peace, and of hindering the conversion of any to the truth, by engaging
them in Quarrels and animosities, to the hatred of the professors and that
profession, which otherwise they might be brought to assent to.
98. Since Charity obliges
us to wish well to the Souls of all men, and Religion ought to alter nothing
in any man's civil Estate or Right, It shall be lawful for Slaves, as all
others, to enter them selves and be of what church any of them shall think
best, and thereof be as fully members as any freemen. But yet, no Slave
shall hereby be exempted from that civil dominion his Master has over him,
but be in all other things in the same State and condition he was in before.
99. Assemblies, upon
what pretence soever of Religion, not observing and performing the above
said Rules shall not be Esteemed as churches, but unlawful meetings, and
be punished as other Riots.
100. No person whatsoever
shall disturb, molest, or persecute another for his speculative opinions
in Religion or his way of worship.
101. Every Freeman of
Carolina shall have absolute Authority over his Negro Slaves, of what opinion
or Religion soever.
102. No person whatsoever
shall hold or claim any land in Carolina, by Purchase or gift or otherwise,
from the Natives or any other person whatsoever, but merely from and under
the [Lords] Proprietors, upon pain of forfeiture of all his Estate, moveable
or unmoveable, and perpetual Banishment.
103. Whoever shall possess
any Freehold in Carolina, upon what Title or grant soever, shall, at the
farthest, from and after the year 1689, pay yearly unto the Proprietors
for each acre of Land, English measure, as much fine Silver as is at this
present in one English penny, or the Value thereof, to be as a Chief Rent
and acknowledgment of the Proprietors, their heirs and Successors, for
ever; and it shall be lawful for the proprietors, by their Officers, at
any time, to take a new Survey of any man's land, not to out him of any
part of his possession, but that by Such a Survey, the Just number of acres
he possesses may be known, and the Rent thereupon due may be paid by him.
104. All wrecks, mines,
minerals, Quarries of Gems and precious stones, with whale fishing, [Pearl
fishing], and one half of all ambergris, by whom soever found, shall wholly
belong to the Proprietors.
105. All Revenues and
profits arising out of any thing but their distinct particular Lands and
possessions shall be divided into ten parts, whereof the Palatine shall
have three, and each Proprietor one; but if the Palatine shall Govern by
a Deputy, his Deputy shall have one of those three tenths, and the Palatine
the other two tenths.
106. All Inhabitants
and freemen of Carolina above seventeen years of Age and under Sixty shall
be bound to bear Arms and serve as Soldiers whenever the grand Council
shall find it necessary.
[No 107 in manuscript]
108. A true Copy of these
Fundamental Constitutions shall be kept in a great book by the Register
of every precinct, to be Subscribed before the said Register. Nor shall
any person, of what condition or degree soever, above seventeen years Old,
have any Estate or possession in Carboline, or protection or benefit of
the law there, who has not Subscribed these fundamental constitutions in
this form:
I, A. B., do promise to bear faith and true allegiance to our sovereign
Lord King Charles the Second; and will be true and faithful to the [ Palatine
and ] Lords Proprietors of Carolina; and, with my utmost power, will defend
them and maintain the Government, according to this Establishment in these
fundamental constitutions.
109. And whatsoever
Alien shall, in this form, before any Precinct Register, Subscribe these
fundamental Constitutions shall be thereby Naturalized.
110. In The Same
manner shall every person at his admittance into any Office Subscribe these
fundamental constitutions.
111. These fundamental
constitutions, [in number 111], and every part thereof, shall be, and remain
as, the Sacred unalterable form and Rule of Government [of Carolina] for
ever. Witness our hands and Seals, this twenty first day July, in the year
of our Lord 1669.
Footnote #6
THE FUNDAMENTAL CONSTITUTIONS
Revisions in the
Version of July 21, 1669
Article 2 was struck
out and the following was substituted: The eldest of the Lords Proprietors
shall be Palatine; and upon the decease of the Palatine, the Eldest of
the Seven Surviving Proprietors shall always succeed him.
Article 6 was revised
to read as follows: At any time before the year 1701, any of the Lords
Proprietors shall have power to relinquish, Alienate, and dispose, to any
other person, his Proprietorship, and all the Seigniories, powers, and
Interest thereunto belonging, wholly and entirely together, and not otherwise.
But after the year 1700, those who are then Lords Proprietors shall not
have power to Alienate, make over, or let their proprietorship, with the
Seigniories and privileges thereunto belonging, or any part thereof, to
any person whatsoever, otherwise than as in article 18, but it shall descend
unto their heirs male; and for want of heirs male, it shall descend on
that Landgrave or Cacique of Carolina who is descended of the next heir
female of the said Proprietor; and for want of Such heirs, it shall descend
on the next heir general; and for want of Such heirs, the remaining Seven
proprietors shall, upon the Vacancy, choose a Landgrave to succeed the
deceased proprietor, who being chosen by the majority of the Seven
Surviving proprietors,
he and his heirs Successively shall be proprietors as fully, to all intents
and purposes, as any of the rest.
Article 7 was revised
to read as follows: And that the number of eight Proprietors may be constantly
kept, if, upon the vacancy of any Proprietorship, the Surviving Seven Proprietors
shall not choose a Landgrave as a Proprietor before the Second Biennial
Parliament after the vacancy, then the next Biennial Parliament but one
after Such vacancy shall have power to choose any Landgrave to be Proprietor;
but whosoever after the year 1700, either by inheritance or choice, shall
Succeed any Proprietor in his proprietorship, and Seigniories thereunto
belonging, shall be obliged to take the name and Arms of that proprietor
whom he Succeeds, which from thenceforth shall be the name and Arms of
his Family and their posterity.
Article 8 was struck
out and the following was submitted: Whatsoever Landgrave or Cacique shall
any way come to be a Proprietor shall take the Seigniories annexed to the
said Proprietorship, but his former dignity, with the Baronies annexed,
shall devolve into the hands of the Lords Proprietors.
Article 10 was revised
to read as follows: The first Landgrave and Caciques of every County shall
be nominated, not by the Joint election of the Proprietors all together,
but the eight Proprietors shall, each of them separately, nominate and
choose one Landgrave and two Caciques to be the eight Landgraves and the
sixteen Caciques for the eight first Counties to be Planted; and when the
said eight Counties shall be planted, the proprietors shall, in the same
manner, nominate and Chose eight more Landgraves and sixteen Caciques for
the eight next Counties to be appeal planted; and so proceed, in the same
manner, till the whole province of Carolina be set out Land and planted
according to the proportions in these fundamental Constitutions.
Article 12 was revised
to read as follows: That the due number of Landgraves and Caciques may
be always kept up, if, upon the devolution of any Landgraveship or Caciqueship
The Palatine's Court shall not settle the devolved dignity, with the Baronies
thereunto annexed, before the Second biennial Parliament after Such devolution,
the next Biennial Parliament but one after such devolution shall have power
to make any one Landgrave or Cacique in the Room of him, who dying with
out heirs, his dignity and Baronies devolved.
Article 13 was revised
to read as follows: No one person shall have more than one dignity, with
the Seigniories of Baronies thereunto belonging; but whensoever it shall
happen that any one who is already Proprietor, Landgrave, or Cacique shall
have any of those dignities descend to him by inheritance, it shall be
at his choice to keep which of the two dignities, with the Lands annexed,
he shall like best, but shall leave the other, with the lands annexed to
be enjoyed by him who, not being his heir apparent, and certain successor
to his present dignity, is next of blood, unless when a Landgrave or Cacique
comes to be proprietor, and then his former dignity and Baronies shall
devolve as in Article 8.
Article 16 was revised
to read as follows: After the year 1700, whatsoever Landgrave or Cacique
shall, without leave from the Palatine's Court, be out of Carolina during
two successive biennial Parliaments shall, at the end of the second biennial
Parliament after such his absence, be summoned by Proclamation; and if
he come not into Carolina before the next biennial Parliament after Such
Summons, then the Grand Council shall have power thence forward to receive
all the rents and profits arising out of his Baronies until his return
or death, and to dispose of the said profits as they shall think fit.
Article 17 was revised
to read as follows: In every Seigniory, Barony, and Manor, the respective
Lord shall have power, in his own name, to hold Court there, for trying
of all causes, both Civil and Criminal; But where it shall concern any
2 person being no inhabitant, vassal, or Leet man of the said Barony, Seigniory,
or manor, he, upon paying down of forty shillings to the Lords Proprietors'
use, shall have an appeal from t the Seigniory or Barony Court to the County
Court, and from the Manor Court to the precinct court.
Article 19 was
revised to read as follows:
Every Manor shall
consist of not less than three thousand Acres and not above twelve thousand
Acres in one entire piece; but any three thousand acres or more in one
piece and the possession of one Man shall not be a manor unless it be constituted
a manor by the grant of the Palatine's Court.
Article 22 was revised
to read as follows: In every Seigniory, Barony, and manor, all the Leet
men shall be under the Jurisdiction of the respective Lord of the said
Seigniory, Barony, or Manor, without appeal from him; nor shall any Leet
man or Leet woman have liberty to go off from the Land of his particular
Lord and live any where else without Licences obtained from his Said Lord,
under hand and Seal.
Article 24 was revised
to read as follows: No man shall be capable of having a Court Leet or Leet
men but a Proprietor, Landgrave, or Cacique, or Lord of a Manor. Nor shall
any man be a Leet man who has not voluntarily entered himself a Leet man
in the Registry of the County Court.
Article 25 was revised
to read as follows: Whoever is Lord of Leet men shall, upon the marriage
of a Leet man or Leet woman of his, give them ten Acres of Land for their
lives, they paying to him therfor not more than one eighth of all yearly
produce and growth of the said ten acres.
Article 26 was struck
out and the following was submitted: No Landgrave or Cacique shall be tried
for any criminal cause in any but in the Chief Justice Court, and that
by a jury of his peers.
Article 27 was revised
to read as follows: There shall be eight supreme Courts, the first, Called
the Palatine's Court, consisting of the Palatine and the other Seven Proprietors.
The other seven courts of the other 8 to him; under each of these latter
seven Courts shall be a College of twelve assistants. f '
The twelve assistants
of the Several Colleges shall be Chosen: two out of the Landgraves, by
the Landgraves' Chamber; two out of the Caciques, by the Caciques' Chamber;
two out of the Landgraves, Caciques, or Eldest sons of the Proprietors,
by the Palatine's Court; four more of the twelve shall be chosen
by the Commons' Chamber out of such as have been or are members of Parliament,
Sheriffs, or Justices of the County Court; the other two shall be Chosen
by the Palatine's Court out of the aforesaid members of Parliament, or
Sheriffs, or Justices of the County Court, or the Eldest sons of Landgraves
or Caciques, or younger Sons of Proprietors. |
Article 28 was revised
to read as follows: Out of these Colleges shall be Chosen Six Councillors
to be joined with each Proprietor in his Court; of which six, one shall
be of those who were Chosen into any of the Colleges by the Palatine's
Court out of the Landgraves, Caciques, or Eldest Sons of Proprietors; one
out of those who were chosen by the Landgrave's Chamber; and one out of
those who were Chosen by the Caciques' Chamber; two out of those who were
Chosen by the Commons' Chamber; and one out of those who were Chosen by
the Palatine's Court out of the Proprietors' younger Sons, or Eldest Sons
of Landgraves or Caciques, or Commons Qualified as aforesaid.
Article 30 was revised
to read as follows: No man being a member of the grand Council or of any
of the seven Colleges shall be turned out but For misdemeanor, of which
the grand Council shall be Judge; and the vacancy of the person so put
out shall be filled, not by the Election of the grand Council, but by those
who first chose him, and out of the same degree he was of who is expelled.
But is not hereby to be understood that the Grand Council has any power
to turn out any one of the Lords Proprietors, or their Deputies, The Lords
Proprietors having in themselves an inherent original right.
Article 32 was revised
to read as follows: The Palatine's Court shall consist of the Palatine
and Seven Proprietors, wherein nothing shall be acted without the presence
and consent of the Palatine, or his Deputy, and three others of the Proprietors,
or their deputies. This Court shall have power to call Parliaments, to
pardon all Offences, to make Elections of all Officers in the Proprietors'
dispose, to nominate and appoint port towns; and also, shall have power,
by their Order to the Treasurer, to dispose of all public Treasure, excepting
money granted by the Parliament and by them directed to some particular
public use;
and also, shall have
a Negative upon all Acts, Orders, Votes, and Judgments of the grand Council
and the Parliament. Except only as in Articles 7 and 12; and also, shall
have a negative upon all Acts and orders of the Constable's Court and Admiral's
Court relating to wars; And shall have all the powers granted to the Proprietors
by their patent from our Sovereign Lord The King, except in such things
as are limited by these fundamental constitutions.
Article 34 was revised
to read as follows: The Chancellor's Court, consisting of one of the Proprietors
and his six Councillors, who shall be called vice-chancellors, shall have
the Custody of the Seal of the Palatinate, under which all charters, of
Lands or otherwise, Commissions, and grants of the Palatine's Court shall
pass, etc. And it shall not be lawful to put the Seal of the Palatinate
to any Writing which is not signed by the Palatine, or his Deputy, and
three other Proprietors, or their Deputies. To this Court, also, belongs
all state matters, dispatches, and treaties, with the Neighbour Indians
or any other, so far forth as is permitted by our Charter from our Sovereign
Lord the King. To this Court, also, belongs all Invasions of the Law of
Liberty of conscience, and all disturbances of the public peace upon pretence
of Religion, as also, the Licence of printing. The twelve assistants belonging
to this Court shall be called Recorders.
Article 37 was revised
to read as follows; The Admiral's Court, consisting of one of the Proprietors
and his Six Councillors, called Consuls, shall have the care and inspection
over all ports, Moles, and Navigable Rivers so far as the Tide flows; and
also, all the public Shipping of Carolina, and stores thereunto belonging,
and all maritime affairs. This Court, also, shall have the power of the
Court of Admiralty, and also, to hear and try by Law-Merchant all cases
in Matters of Trade between the Merchants of Carolina amongst them selves,
arising without the limits of Carolina; as also, all controversies in Merchandising
that shall happen between Denizens of Carolina and foreigners. The twelve
Assistants belonging to this court shall be called proconsuls. In time
of actual war, the High Admiral, whilst he is at Sea, Shall command in
chief, and his Six Councillors, or such of them as the Palatine's Court
shall for that time and service appoint, shall be the immediate great officers
under him, and the proconsuls next to them.
Article 39 was revised
to read as follows: The High Steward's court, consisting of a proprietor
and his six Councillors, who shall be called Comptrollers, shall have the
care of all foreign and domestic Trade, Manufactures, public buildings
and workhouses, high ways, passages by water above the flood of the Tide,
drains, sewers and Banks against inundations, Bridges, Posts, Carriers,
Fairs, Markets, and all things in order to trade and travel, and any thing
that may corrupt, deprave, or infect the common Air or water, and all other
things wherein the Public commerce or health is concerned; and also, the
setting out and surveying of lands; and also, the setting out and appointing
places for towns to be built on in the Precincts, and the prescribing and
determining the Figure and bigness of the said Towns according to such
Models as the said court shall order, contrary or differing from which
Models it shall not be lawful for any one to build in any Town.
Another revision of Article
39 reads as follows: The High Steward' court, consisting of a proprietor
and his six Councillors, who shall be called Comptrollers, shall have the
care of all foreign and domestic Trade, Manufactures, public buildings
and workhouses, high ways, passages by water above the flood of the Tide,
drains, sewers and Banks against inundations, Bridges, Posts, Carriers,
Fairs, Markets, Corruptions or infections of the common air and water,
and all things in order to public commerce and health....
[Nothing in the manuscript
indicates which revision of Article 39 was adopted, but the latter appears
in the March 1, 1670, version.]
Article 40 was first
revised to read as follows: This Court shall have power, also, to make
any public building or any new high way, or enlarge any old high way, upon
any Man's Land whatsoever; as also, to make cuts, Channels, Banks, locks,
and Bridges, for making Rivers Navigable, for draining of Fens, or any
other public uses; the damage the owner of such land, on or through which
any such public thing shall be made, shall receive therby shall be valued
by a Jury of twelve men of the Precinct in which any such thing is done,
and satisfaction shall be made accordingly by a Tax, either on the County
or that particular
precinct, as the grand
Council shall think fit to order in that
particular case. And
if it be a Seigniory or Barony on or through which any such public thing
shall be made, then the damage the owner of the said Seigniory or Barony
shall receive thereby shall be valued by the High Steward's Court, and
satisfaction shall be made accordingly by a tax on the County. The twelve
assistants belonging to this Court shall be called Surveyors.
Article 40 was finally
revised to read as follows: This Court shall have power, also, to make
any public building or any new high way, or enlarge any old high way, upon
any Man's Land whatsoever; as also, to make cuts, Channels, Banks, locks,
and Bridges, for making Rivers Navigable, for draining of Fens, or any
other public uses; the damage the owner of such land, on or through which
any such public thing shall be made, shall receive thereby shall be valued,
and satisfaction made, by such ways as the Grand Council shall appoint.
The twelve assistants belonging to this Court shall be called Surveyors.
Article 45 was struck
out and the fouling was substituted: In all the Proprietors' Courts, the
Proprietor and any three of his Councillors shall make a Quorum; Provided
always, that, for the better dispatch of business, it shall be in the power
of the Palatine's Court to direct what sort of causes shall be heard and
determined by a Quorum of any three.
Article 46 was revised
to read as follows: The grand Council shall consist of the Palatine, and
Seven Proprietors, and the forty two Councillors of the Several Proprietors'
Courts; who shall have power to determine any Controversies that may arise
between any of the Proprietors' Courts about their respective Jurisdictions,
or between the Members of one and the same Court about their manner and
methods of proceeding; to make peace and war, Leagues, Treaties, etc.,
with any of the Neighbour Indians; To issue out their General Orders to
the Constable's and Admiral's Court for the Raising, disposing, or disbanding
the Forces, by land or by Sea; to prepare all matters to be proposed
in Parliament; nor shall any matter whatsoever be proposed in Parliament
but what his first passed the Grand Council, which, after having been read
three several days in the Parliament, shall be passed or rejected.
Article 54 was revised
to read as follows: Each Proprietor's deputy shall be always one of their
own Six Councillors respectively; And in case any of the Proprietors has
not, in his absence out of Carolina, a Deputy in Carolina, commissioned
under his hand and seal, the Eldest Nobleman of his Court shall of course
be his Deputy.
Article 55 was struck
out and the following was substituted: In Every County there shall
be a Court, consisting of a Sheriff and four Justices of the County Court,
for Every precinct one. The Sheriff Shall be an inhabitant of this County
and have at least five hundred acres of freehold within the said County;
and the Justices Shall be inhabitants and have, each of them, five hundred
acres apiece in the precinct for which they Serve respectively. These five
Shall be chosen, commissioned from time to time by the Palatine's Court.
Article 57 was revised
to read as follows: In every Precinct there shall be a Court, consisting
of a Steward and four Justices of the Precinct, being Inhabitants and having
three hundred Acres of Freehold within the said Precinct; who shall Judge
all Criminal causes, except for Treason, Murder, and any other offences
punished with death and all criminal causes of the Nobility; and all civil
causes whatsoever, and in all personal actions not exceeding fifty pounds
without appeal; but where the Cause shall exceed that Value, or concern
a Title of land, and in all Criminal causes, there, either party, upon
paying five pounds to the Proprietors' use, shall have Liberty of appeal
unto the
County Court.
Article 67 was revised
to read as follows: A new Parliament shall be assembled the first Monday
of the Month of November every second year, and shall meet and Sit in the
Town they last Sat in, without any Summons, unless by the Palatine's Court
they be Summoned to meet at any other place; and if there shall be
any occasion of a Parliament in these Intervals, it shall be in the power
of the Palatine's Court to assemble them on forty days' notice, at Such
time and place as the said Court shall think fit; and the Palatine's Court
shall have power to dissolve the said Parliament when they Shall think
fit.
Article 71 was revised
to read as follows: Any Proprietor, or his Deputy, may enter his Protestation
against any act of the Parliament, before the Palatine or his deputy's
consent be given as aforesaid, if he shall conceive the said act to be
contrary to this Establishment or any of these Fundamental Constitutions
of the Government; and in Such case, after a full and free debate, the
several Estates shall retire into four several Chambers, the Palatine and
Proprietors into one, the Landgraves into another, and the Caciques into
another, and those Chosen by the Precincts into a fourth; and if the major
part of any of these four Estates shall Vote that the law is not agreeable
to this Establishment and these fundamental constitution of the Government,
then it shall pass no further, but be as if it had never been proposed.
The Quorum of the Parliament shall be one half of those who are members
and capable of sitting in the house that present session of Parliament.
The Quorum of each of the Chambers of Parliament shall be one half of the
members of that Chamber.
Article 74 was revised
to read as follows: There shall be a Registry in every precinct, wherein
shall be enrolled all deeds, Leases, Judgments, mortgages, or other conveyances
which may concern any of the land within the Said Precinct; and all Such
conveyances not so entered or Registered shall not be of force against
any person not privy to the Said contract or conveyance.
Article 77 was revised
to read as follows: There shall be a Registry in every Seigniory, Barony,
and Colony, wherein shall be Recorded all the Births, Marriages, and deaths
that shall happen within the said Colony.
Article 79 was revised
to read as follows: The time of every one's Age that is born in Carolina
shall be Reckoned from the day that his Birth is entered in the Registry,
and not before.
Article 80 was revised
to read as follows: No marriage shall be lawful, whatever Contract of Ceremonies
they have used, till both the parties mutually own it before the Register
where they were married, and he enter it, with the names of the Father
and mother of each party.
Article 81 was revised
to read as follows: No man shall administer to the goods, or have right
to them, or enter upon the Estate, of any person deceased till his death
be Registered in the Respective Registry.
Article 82 was revised
to read as follows: He that does not enter in the respective Registry the
death or Birth or any person that dies or is born in his house or ground
shall pay to the said Register one shilling per week for each Such neglect,
Reckoning from the time of each death or birth respectively to the time
of Registering it.
Article 84 was revised
to read as follows: There shall be in every Colony one Constable, to be
Chosen annually by the Freeholders of the Colony, his Estate to be above
one hundred acres of Freehold within the Said Colony; and Such Subordinate
officers appointed for his assistance as the County Court shall find requisite,
and shall be Established by the said County court; the Election of the
Subordinate annual officers shall be also in the Freeholders of the Colony.
Article 85 was revised
to read as follows: All Towns incorporate shall be Governed by a Mayor,
twelve Aldermen, and twenty four of the Common Council; the Said Common
Council to be chosen by the present householders of the Said Town; and
the Aldermen to be Chosen out of the Common Council, and the Mayor out
of the Aldermen, by the Palatine's Court.
Article 90 was revised
to read as follows: In the terms of Communion of every church or profession,
these following shall be three, without which no agreement or assembly
of men upon pretence of Religion shall be accounted a Church or Profession
within these Rules:
1. That there is a God.
2. That God is publicly
to be worshipped.
3. That it is lawful,
and the duty of every man, being thereunto called by those that Govern,
to bear witness to truth; and that every church or profession shall, in
their Terms of Communion, Set down the External way whereby they witness
a truth as in the presence of God, whether it be by laying hands on and
Kissing the Bible, as in the Protestant and Papist Churches, or by holding
up the hand, or any other Sensible way.
Article 95 was revised
to read as follows: Any person Subscribing the terms of Communion of any
church or profession in the Record of the said church before the Precinct
Register and any five members of the church or profession shall be thereby
made a member of the Said church or profession.
Article 96 was revised
to read as follows: Any person striking out his own name out of any religious
Record, or his name being struck out by any officer thereunto Authorized
by Each church or profession respectively, shall cease to be a member of
that Church or profession.
Article 101 was revised
to read as follows: Every Freeman of Carolina shall have absolute power
and Authority over his Negro Slaves, of what opinion or Religion soever.
Footnote #7
PROCLAMATION OF 1763,
Charter of Florida
October 7, 1763
By the King, a Proclamation
George R.
Whereas We have taken
into Our Royal Consideration the extensive
and valuable Acquisitions
in America, secured to our Crown by the late Definitive Treaty of Peace
concluded at Paris, the 10th Day of February last; and being desirous that
all Our loving Subjects, as well of our Kingdom as of our Colonies in America,
may avail themselves with all convenient Speed, of the great Benefits and
Advantages which must accrue therefrom to their Commerce, Manufactures,
and Navigation, We have thought fit, with the Advice of our Privy Council,
to issue this our Royal Proclamation, hereby to publish and declare to
all our loving
Subjects, that we have,
with the Advice of our Said Privy Council, granted our Letters Patent,
under our Great Seal of Great Britain, to erect, within the Countries and
Islands ceded and confirmed to Us by the said Treaty, Four distinct and
separate Governments, styled and called by the names of Quebec, East Florida,
West Florida and Grenada, and limited and bounded as follows, viz.
First - The Government
of Quebec bounded on the Labrador Coast by the River St. John, and from
thence by a Line drawn from the Head of that River through the Lake St.
John, to the South end of the Lake Nipissim; from whence the said Line,
crossing the River St. Lawrence, and the Lake Champlain, in 45. Degrees
of North Latitude, passes along the High Lands which divide the Rivers
that empty themselves into the said River St. Lawrence from those which
fall into the Sea; and also along the North Coast of the Baye des Chaleurs,
and the Coast of the Gulph of St. Lawrence to Cape Rosieres, and from thence
crossing the Mouth of the River St. Lawrence by the West End of the Island
of Anticosti, terminates at the aforesaid River of St. John.
Secondly - The Government
of East Florida, bounded to the Westward by the Gulph of Mexico and the
Apalachicola River; to the Northward by a Line drawn from that part of
the said River where the Chatahouchee and Flint Rivers meet, to the source
of St. Mary's River, and by the course of the said River to the Atlantic
Ocean; and the Eastward and Southward by the Atlantic Ocean and the Gulph
of Florida, including all Islands within Six Leagues of the Sea Coast.
Thirdly - The Government
of West Florida, bounded to the Southward by the Gulph of Mexico, including
all Islands within Six Leagues of the Coast, from the River Apalachicola
to Lake Pontchartrain; to the Westward by the said Lake, the Lake Maurepas,
and the River Mississippi; to the Northward by a Line drawn due East from
that part of the River Mississippi which lies in 31 Degrees North Latitude,
to the River Apalachicola or Chatahouchee; and the Eastward by the said
River
Fourthly - The Government
of Grenada, comprehending the Island of that name, together with the Grenadines,
and the Islands of Dominico, St. Vincent's and Tobago.
And to the end that the
open and free Fishery of our Subjects may be extended to and carried on
upon the Coast of Labrador, and the adjacent Islands, We have thought fit,
with the advice of our said Privy Council to put all that Coast, from the
River St. John's to Hudson's Streights, together with the Islands of Anticosti
and Madelaine, and all other smaller Islands lying upon the said Coast,
under the care and Inspection of our Governor of Newfoundland. We have
also, with the advice of our Privy Council, thought fit to annex the Islands
of St. John's and Cape Breton, or Isle Royale, with the lesser Islands
adjacent thereto, to our Government of Nova Scotia. We have also, with
the advice of our Privy Council aforesaid, annexed to our Province of Georgia
all the Lands lying between the Rivers Alatamaha and St. Mary's.
And whereas it will greatly
contribute to the speedy settling of our said new Governments, that our
loving Subjects should be informed of our Paternal care, for the security
of the Liberties and Properties of those who are and shall become Inhabitants
thereof, We have thought fit to publish and declare, by this Our Proclamation,
that We have, in the Letters Patent under our Great Seal of Great Britain,
by which the said Governments are constituted, given express Power and
Direction to our Governors of our Said Colonies respectively, that so soon
as the state and circumstances of the said Colonies will admit thereof,
they
shall, with the Advice
and Consent of the Members of our Council, summon and call General Assemblies
within the said Governments respectively, in such Manner and Form as is
used and directed in those Colonies and Provinces in America which are
under our immediate Government;
And We have also given
Power to the said Governors, with the consent of our Said Councils, and
the Representatives of the People so to be summoned as aforesaid, to make,
constitute, and ordain Laws, Statutes, and Ordinances for the Public Peace,
Welfare, and good Government of our said Colonies, and of the People and
Inhabitants thereof, as near as may be agreeable to the Laws of England,
and under such Regulations and Restrictions as are used in other Colonies;
and in the mean Time, and until such Assemblies can be called as aforesaid,
all Persons
Inhabiting in or resorting
to our Said Colonies may confide in our Royal Protection for the Enjoyment
of the Benefit of the Laws of our Realm of England; for which Purpose We
have given Power under our Great Seal to the Governors of our said Colonies
respectively to erect and constitute, with the Advice of our said Councils
respectively, Courts of Judicature and public Justice within our Said Colonies
for hearing and determining all Causes, as well Criminal as Civil, according
to Law and Equity, and as near as may be agreeable to the Laws of England,
with Liberty to all Persons who may think themselves aggrieved by the Sentences
of such Courts, in all Civil Cases, to appeal, under the usual Limitations
and Restrictions, to Us in our Privy Council.
We have also thought
fit, with the advice of our Privy Council as aforesaid, to give unto the
Governors and Councils of our said Three new Colonies, upon the Continent
full Power and Authority to settle and agree with the Inhabitants of our
said new Colonies or with any other Persons who shall resort thereto, for
such Lands, Tenements and Hereditaments, as are now or hereafter shall
be in our Power to dispose of; and them to grant to any such Person or
Persons upon such Terms, and under such moderate Quit-Rents, Services and
Acknowledgments, as have been appointed and settled in our other Colonies,
and under such other Conditions as shall appear to us to be necessary and
expedient for the Advantage of the Grantees, and the Improvement and settlement
of our said Colonies.
And Whereas, We are desirous,
upon all occasions, to testify our Royal Sense and Approbation of the Conduct
and bravery of the Officers and Soldiers of our Armies, and to reward the
same, We do hereby command and impower our Governors of our said Three
new Colonies, and all other our Governors of our several Provinces on the
Continent of North America, to grant without Fee or Reward, to such reduced
Officers as have served in North America during the late War, and to such
Private Soldiers as have been or shall be disbanded in America, and are
actually residing there, and shall personally apply for the same, the following
Quantities of Lands, subject, at the Expiration of Ten Years, to the same
Quit- Rents as other Lands are subject to in the Province within which
they are granted, as also subject to the same Conditions of Cultivation
and Improvement; viz.
To every Person having
the Rank of a Field Officer -- 5,000 Acres.
To every Captain --
5,000 Acres.
To every Subaltern or
Staff Officer, -- 2,000 Acres.
To every Non-Commission
Officer, -- 200 Acres.
To every Private Man
-- 50 Acres.
We do likewise authorize
and require the Governors and Commanders in Chief of all our said Colonies
upon the Continent of North America to grant the like Quantities of Land,
and upon the same conditions, to such reduced Officers of our Navy of like
Rank as served on board our Ships of War in North America at the times
of the Reduction of Louisbourg and Quebec in the late War, and who shall
personally apply to our respective Governors for such Grants.
And whereas it is just
and reasonable, and essential to our Interest, and the Security of our
Colonies, that the several Nations or Tribes of Indians with whom We are
connected, and who live under our Protection, should not be molested or
disturbed in the Possession of such Parts of Our Dominions and Territories
as, not having been ceded to or purchased by Us, are reserved to them,
or any of them, as their Hunting Grounds.
We do therefore, with
the Advice or our Privy Council, declare it to be our Royal Will and Pleasure,
that no Governor or Commander in Chief in any of our Colonies of Quebec,
East Florida, or West Florida, do presume, upon any Pretence whatever,
to grant Warrants of Survey, or pass any Patents for Lands beyond the Bounds
of their respective Governments, as described in their Commissions; as
also that no Governor or Commander in Chief in any of our other Colonies
or Plantations in America do presume for the present, and until our further
Pleasure be known, to grant Warrants of Survey, or pass Patents for any
Lands beyond the Heads or Sources of any of the Rivers which fall into
the Atlantic Ocean from the West and North West, or upon any Lands whatever,
which, not having been ceded to or purchased by Us as aforesaid, are reserved
to the said Indians, or any of them.
And We do further declare
it to be Our Royal Will and Pleasure, for the present as aforesaid, to
reserve under our Sovereignty, Protection, and Dominion, for the use of
the said Indians, all the Lands and Territories not included within the
Limits of Our said Three new Governments, or within the Limits of the Territory
granted to the Hudson's Bay Company, as also all the Lands and Territories
lying to the Westward of the Sources of the Rivers which fall into the
Sea from the West and North West as aforesaid.
And We do hereby strictly
forbid, on Pain of our Displeasure, all our loving Subjects from making
any Purchases or Settlements whatever, or taking Possession of any of the
Lands above reserved, without our especial leave and Licence for that Purpose
first obtained.
And, We do further strictly
enjoin and require all Persons whatever who have either wilfully or inadvertently
seated themselves upon any Lands within the Countries above described,
or upon any other Lands which, not having been ceded to or purchased by
Us, are still reserved to the said Indians as aforesaid, forthwith to remove
themselves from such Settlements.
And whereas great Frauds
and Abuses have been committed in purchasing Lands of the Indians, to the
great Prejudice of our Interests, and to the great Dissatisfaction of the
said Indians; In order, therefore, to prevent such Irregularities for the
future, and to the end that the Indians may be convinced of our Justice
and determined Resolution to remove all reasonable Cause of Discontent,
We do, with the Advice of our Privy Council strictly enjoin and require,
that no private Person do presume to make any purchase from the said Indians
of any Lands reserved to the said Indians, within those parts of our Colonies
where, We have thought proper to allow Settlement; but that, if at any
Time any of the Said Indians should be inclined to dispose of the said
Lands, the same shall be Purchased only for Us, in our Name, at some public
Meeting or Assembly of the said Indians, to be held for that Purpose by
the Governor or Commander in Chief of our Colony respectively within which
they shall lie; and in case they shall lie within the limits of any Proprietary
Government, they shall be purchased only for the Use and in the name of
such Proprietaries, conformable to such Directions and Instructions as
We or they shall think proper to give for that Purpose; And we do, by the
Advice of our Privy Council, declare and enjoin, that the Trade with the
said Indians shall be free and open to all our Subjects whatever, provided
that every Person who may incline to Trade with the said Indians do take
out a Licence for carrying on such Trade from the Governor or Commander
in Chief of any of our Colonies respectively where such Person shall reside,
and also give Security to observe such Regulations as We shall at any Time
think fit, by ourselves or by our Commissaries to be appointed for this
Purpose, to direct and appoint for the Benefit of the said Trade:
And we do hereby authorize,
enjoin, and require the Governors and Commanders in Chief of all our Colonies
respectively, as well those under Our immediate Government as those under
the Government and Direction of Proprietaries, to grant such Licences without
Fee or Reward, taking especial Care to insert therein a
Condition, that such
Licence shall be void, and the Security forfeited in case the Person to
whom the same is granted shall refuse or neglect to observe such Regulation
as We shall think proper to prescribe as aforesaid.
And we do further expressly
enjoin and require all Officers whatever, as well Military as those Employed
in the Management and Direction of Indian Affairs, within the Territories
reserved as aforesaid for the use of the said Indians, to seize and apprehend
all Persons whatever, who standing charged with Treason, Misprisions of
Treason, Murders, or other Felonies or Misdemeanors, shall fly from Justice
and take Refuge in the said Territory, and to send them under a proper
guard to the Colony where the Crime was committed of which they stand accused,
in order to take their Trial for the same.
Given at our Court at
St. James's the 7th Day of October 1763, in the Third Year of our Reign.
GOD SAVE THE KING
Footnote #8
1670 Charter
THE ROYAL CHARTER incorporating
The Hudson's Bay Company 2 May
1670
CHARLES THE SECOND By
the grace of God King of England Scotland
France and Ireland defender
of the faith &c
TO ALL to whom these
presents shall come greeting
WHEREAS Our Dear and
entirely Beloved cousin Prince Rupert Count Palatine of the Rhine Duke
of Bavaria and Cumberland &c Christopher Duke of Albemarle William
Earl of Craven Henry Lord Arlington Anthony Lord Ashley Sir John Robinson
and Sir Robert Vyner Knights and Baronets Sir Peter Colleton Baronet Sir
Edward Hungerford Knight of the Bath Sir Paul Neil Knight Sir John Griffith
and Sir Philip Carteret Knights James Hayes John Kirke Francis Millington
William Prettyman John Fenn Esquires and John Portman Citizen and Goldsmith
of London have at their own great cost and charge undertaken an EXPEDITION
for Hudson's Bay in the North west part of America for the discovery of
a new Passage into the South Sea and for the finding some Trade for Furs
Minerals and other considerable Commodities and by such their undertaking
have already made such discoveries as do encourage them to proceed further
in pursuance of their said design by means whereof there may probably arise
very great advantage to us and our Kingdom
AND WHEREAS the said
undertakers for their further encouragement in the said design have humbly
besought us to Incorporate them and grant unto them and their successors
the sole Trade and Commerce of all those Seas Straits Bays Rivers Lakes
Creeks and Sounds in whatsoever Latitude they shall be that lie within
the entrance of the Straits commonly called Hudson's Straits together with
all the Lands Countries and Territories upon the Coasts and Confines of
the Seas Straits Bays Lakes Rivers Creeks and Sounds aforesaid which are
not now actually possessed by any of our Subjects or by the Subjects of
any other Christian Prince or
State
NOW KNOW YE that We being
desirous to promote all Endeavours tending to the public good of our people
and to encourage the said undertaking HAVE of our especial grace certain
knowledge and mere motion Given granted ratified and confirmed And by these
Presents for us our heirs and Successors DO give grant ratify and confirm
unto our said Cousin Prince Rupert Christopher Duke of Albemarle William
Earl of Craven Henry Lord Arlington Anthony Lord Ashley Sir John Robinson
Sir Robert Vyner Sir Peter Colleton Sir Edward Hungerford Sir Paul Neil
Sir John Griffith and Sir Philip Carteret James Hayes John Kirke Francis
Millington William Prettyman John Fenn and John Portman That they and such
others as shall be admitted into the said Society as is hereafter expressed
shall be one Body Corporate and Politic in deed and in name by the name
of the Governor and Company of Adventurers of England trading into Hudson's
Bay and them by the name of the Governor and Company of Adventurers of
England trading into Hudson's Bay one Body Corporate and Politic in deed
and in name really and fully for ever for us our heirs and successors WE
DO make ordain constitute establish confirm and declare by these Presents
and that by the same name of Governor & Company of Adventurers
of England Trading into Hudson's Bay they shall have perpetual succession
And that they and their successors by the name of Governor and Company
of Adventurers of England Trading into Hudson's Bay be and at all times
hereafter shall be persons able and capable in Law to have purchase receive
possess enjoy and retain Lands Rents privileges liberties Jurisdictions
Franchises and hereditaments of what kind nature and quality soever they
be to them and their Successors And also to give grant demise alien assign
and dispose Lands Tenements and hereditaments and to do and execute all
and singular other things by the same name that to them shall or may appertain
to do And that they and their Successors by the name of the
Governor and Company of Adventurers of England Trading into Hudson's Bay
may plead and be impleaded answer and be answered defend and be defended
in whatsoever Courts and places before whatsoever Judges and Justices and
other persons and Officers in all and singular Actions Pleas Suits Quarrels
causes and demands whatsoever of whatsoever kind nature or sort in such
manner and form as any other our Liege people of this our Realm of England
being persons able and capable in Law may or can have purchase receive
possess enjoy retain give grant demise alien assign dispose plead defend
and be defended do permit and execute And that the said Governor
and Company of Adventurers of England Trading into Hudson's Bay and their
successors may have a Common Seal to serve for all the causes and businesses
of them and their Successors and that it shall and may be lawful to the
said Governor and Company and their Successors the same Seal from time
to time at their will and pleasure to break change and to make a new or
alter as them shall seem expedient
AND FURTHER WE WILL
And by these presents
for us our Heirs and successors WE DO ordain that there shall be from henceforth
one of the same Company to be elected and appointed in such form as hereafter
in these presents is expressed which shall be called The Governor of the
said Company And that the said Governor and Company shall or
may elect seven of their number in such form as hereafter in these presents
is expressed which shall be called the Committee of the said Company which
Committee of seven or any three of them together with the Governor or Deputy
Governor of the said Company for the time being shall have the direction
of the Voyages of and for the said Company and Provision of the Shipping
and Merchandises thereunto belonging and also the sale of all merchandises
Goods and other things returned in all or any the Voyages or Ships of or
for the said Company and the managing and handling of all other business
affairs and things belonging to the said Company
AND WE WILL ordain and
Grant by these presents for us our heirs and successors unto the said Governor
and Company and their successors that they the said Governor and Company
and their successors shall from henceforth for ever be ruled ordered and
governed according to such manner and form as is hereafter in these presents
expressed and not otherwise And that they shall have hold retain and enjoy
the Grants Liberties Privileges Jurisdictions and Immunities only hereafter
in these presents granted and expressed and no other And for the better
WE HAVE ASSIGNED nominated constituted and made And by these presents for
us our heirs and successors WE DO ASSIGN nominate constitute and make our
said Cousin Prince Rupert to be the first and present Governor of the said
Company and to continue in the said Office from the date of these presents
until the tenth of November then next following if he the said Prince Rupert
shall so long live and so until a new Governor be chosen by the said Company
in form hereafter expressed AND ALSO WE HAVE assigned nominated and appointed
And by these presents for us our heirs and Successors WE DO assign nominate
and constitute the said Sir John Robinson Sir Robert Vyner Sir Peter Colleton
James Hayes John Kirke Francis Millington and John Portman to be the seven
first and present Committees of the said Company from the date of these
presents until the said tenth Day of November then also next following
and so until new Committees shall be chosen in form hereafter expressed
AND FURTHER WE WILL and grant by these presents for us our heirs and Successors
unto the said Governor and Company and their successors that it shall and
may be lawful to and for the said Governor and Company for the time being
or the greater part of them present at any public Assembly commonly called
the Court General to be holden for the said Company the Governor of the
said Company being always one from time to time elect nominate and appoint
one of the said Company to be Deputy
to the said Governor
which Deputy shall take a corporal Oath before the Governor and three or
more of the Committee of the said Company for the time being well truly
and faithfully to execute his said Office of Deputy to the Governor of
the said Company and after his Oath so taken shall and may from time to
time in the absence of the said Governor exercise and execute the Office
of Governor of the said Company in such sort as the said Governor ought
to do AND FURTHER WE will and grant and by these presents for us our heirs
and Successors unto the said Governor and Company of Adventurers of England
trading into Hudson's Bay and their Successors That they or the greater
part of them whereof the Governor for the Time being or his Deputy to be
one from time to time and at all times hereafter shall and may have authority
and power yearly and every year the first and last day of November to assemble
and meet together in some convenient place to be appointed from time to
time by the Governor or in his absence by the Deputy of the said Governor
for the time being And that they being so assembled it shall and may be
lawful to and for the said Governor or Deputy of the said Governor and
the said Company for the time being or the greater part of them which then
shall happen to be present whereof the Governor of the said Company or
his Deputy for the time being to be one to elect and nominate one of the
said Company which shall be Governor of the same Company for one whole
year then next following which person
being so elected and
nominated to be Governor of the said Company as is aforesaid before he
be admitted to the Execution of the said Office shall take a Corporal Oath
before the last Governor being his Predecessor or his Deputy and any three
or more of the Committee of the said Company for the time being that he
shall from time to time well and truly execute the Office of Governor of
the said Company in all things concerning the same and that Immediately
after the same Oath so taken he shall and may execute and use the said
Office of Governor of the said Company for one whole year from thence next
following and in like sort We will and grant that as well every one of
the above named to be of the said Company or fellowship as all other hereafter
to be admitted or free of the said Company shall take a Corporal Oath before
the Governor of the said Company or his Deputy for the time being to such
effect as by the said Governor and Company or the greater part of them
in any public Court to be held for the said Company shall be in reasonable
and legal manner set down and devised before they shall be allowed or admitted
to Trade or traffic as a freeman of the said Company
AND FURTHER WE WILL and
grant by these presents for us our heirs and successors unto the said Governor
and Company and their successors that the said Governor or Deputy Governor
and the rest of the said company and their successors for the time being
or the greater part of them whereof the Governor or the Deputy Governor
from time to time to be one shall and may from time to time and at all
times hereafter have power and authority yearly and every year between
the first and last day of November to assemble and meet together in some
convenient place from time to time to be appointed by the said Governor
of the said Company or in his absence by his Deputy and that they being
so assembled it shall and may be lawful to and for the said Governor or
his Deputy and the Company for the time being or the greater part of them
which then shall happen to be present whereof the Governor of the said
Company or his Deputy for the time being to be one to elect and nominate
seven of the said Company which shall be a Committee of the said Company
for one whole year from thence next ensuing which persons being so elected
and nominated to be a Committee of the said Company as aforesaid before
they be admitted to the execution of their Office shall take a Corporal
Oath before the Governor or his Deputy and any three or more of the said
Committee of the said Company being their last Predecessors and that they
and every of them shall well and faithfully perform their said Office of
Committees in all things concerning the same And that immediately after
the said Oath so taken they shall and may execute and sue their said Office
of Committees of the said Company for one whole year from thence next following
AND MOREOVER Our will
and pleasure is And by these presents for us our heirs and successors WE
DO GRANT unto the said Governor and Company and their successors that when
and as often as it shall happen the Governor or Deputy Governor of the
said Company for the time being at any time within one year after that
he shall be nominated elected and sworn to the Office of the Governor of
the said Company as is aforesaid to dye or to be removed from the said
Office which Governor or Deputy Governor not demeaning himself well in
his said Office WE WILL to be removable at the Pleasure of the rest of
the said Company or the greater part of them which shall be present at
their public assemblies commonly called their General Courts holden for
the said Company that then and so often it shall and may be lawful to and
for the Residue of the said Company for the time being or the greater part
of them within convenient time after the death or removing of any such
Governor or Deputy Governor to assemble themselves in such convenient place
as they shall think fit for the election of the Governor or Deputy Governor
of the said Company and that the said Company or the greater part of them
being then and there present shall and may then and there before their
departure from the said place elect and nominate one other of the said
Company to be Governor or Deputy Governor for the said Company in the place
and stead of him that so dyed or was removed which person being so elected
and nominated to the Office of Governor of Deputy Governor of the said
Company shall have and exercise the said Office for and during the residue
of the said year taking first a Corporal Oath as is aforesaid for the due
execution thereof And this to be done from time to time so often as the
case shall so require
AND ALSO Our Will and
Pleasure is and by these presents for us our heirs and successors WE DO
grant unto the said Governor and Company that when and as often as it shall
happen any person or persons of the Committee of the said Company for the
time being at any time within one year next after that they or any of them
shall be nominated elected and sworn to the Office of Committee of the
said Company as is aforesaid to dye or to be removed from the said Office
which Committees not demeaning themselves well in their said Office We
will to be removable at the pleasure of the said Governor and Company or
the greater part of them whereof the Governor of the said Company for the
time being or his Deputy to be one that then and so often it shall and
may be lawful to and for the said Governor and the rest of the Company
for the time being or the greater part of them whereof the Governor for
the time being or his Deputy to be one within convenient time after the
death or removing of any of the said Committee to assemble themselves in
such convenient place as is or shall be usual and accustomed for the election
of the Governor of the said Company or where else the Governor of the said
Company for the time being or his Deputy shall appoint And that the said
Governor and Company or the greater part of them whereof the Governor for
the time being or his Deputy to be one being then and there present shall
and may then and there before their Departure from the said place elect
and nominate one or more of the said Company to be of the Committee of
the said Company in the place and stead of him or them that so died or
were or was so removed which person or persons so elected and nominated
to the Office of Committee of the said Company shall have and exercise
the said Office for and during the residue of the said year taking first
a as is aforesaid for the due execution thereof and this to be done
from time to time so often as the case shall require. And to the
end the said Governor and Company of Adventurers of England Trading into
Hudson's Bay may be encouraged to undertake and effectually to prosecute
the said design of our more especial grace certain knowledge and mere Motion
WE HAVE given granted and confirmed And by these presents for us our heirs
and successors DO give grant and confirm unto the said Governor and Company
and their successors the sole Trade and Commerce of all those Seas Straits
Bays Rivers Lakes Creeks and in whatsoever Latitude they shall be that
lie within the entrance of the Straits commonly called Hudson's Straits
together with all the Lands and Territories upon the Countries Coasts and
confines of the Seas Bays Lakes Rivers Creeks and aforesaid that are not
already actually possessed by or granted to any of our Subjects or possessed
by the Subjects of any other Christian Prince or State with the Fishing
of all Sorts of Fish Whales Sturgeons and all other Royal Fishes in the
Seas Bays Islets and Rivers within the premises and the Fish therein taken
together with the Royalty of the Sea upon the Coasts with the Limits aforesaid
and all Mines Royal as well discovered as not discovered of Gold Silver
Gems and precious Stones to be found or discovered within the Territories
Limits and Places aforesaid And that the said Land be from henceforth reckoned
and reputed as one of our Plantations or Colonies in America called Rupert's
Land.
AND FURTHER WE DO by
these presents for us our heirs and successors make create and constitute
the said Governor and Company for the time being and their successors the
true and absolute Lords and Proprietors of the same Territory limits and
places aforesaid And of all other the premises SAVING ALWAYS the faith
Allegiance and Sovereign Dominion due to us our heirs and successors for
the same TO HAVE HOLD possess and enjoy the said territory limits and places
and all and singular other the premises hereby granted as aforesaid with
their and every of their Rights Members Jurisdictions Prerogatives Royalties
and Appurtenances whatsoever to them the said Governor and Company and
their Successors for ever TO BE HOLDEN of us our heirs and successors as
of our Manor of East Greenwich in our Country of Kent in free and common
Socage and not in Capite or by Knights Service YIELDING AND PAYING yearly
to us our heirs and Successors for the same two Elks and two Black beavers
whensoever and as often as We our heirs and successors shall happen to
enter into the said Countries Territories and Regions hereby granted.
AND FURTHER our will
and pleasure is And by these presents for us our heirs and successors WE
DO grant unto the said Governor and Company and to their successors that
it shall and may be lawful to and for the said Governor and Company and
their successors from time to time to assemble themselves for or about
any the matters causes affairs or businesses of the said Trade in any place
or places for the same convenient within our Dominions or elsewhere and
there to hold Court for the said Company and the affairs thereof
And that also it shall and may be lawful to and for them and the greater
part of them being so assembled and that shall then and there be present
in any such place or places whereof the Governor or his Deputy for the
time being to be one to make ordain and constitute such and so many reasonable
Laws Constitutions Orders and Ordinances as to them or the greater part
of them being then and there present shall seem necessary and convenient
for the good Government of the said Company and of all Governors of Colonies
Fortes and Plantations Factors Masters Mariners and other Officers employed
or to be employed in any of the Territories and Lands aforesaid and in
any of their Voyages and for the better advancement and continuance of
the said Trade or Traffic and Plantations and the same Laws Constitutions
Orders and Ordinances so made to put in use and execute accordingly and
at their pleasure to revoke and alter the same or any of them as the occasion
shall require And that the said Governor and Company so often
as they shall make ordain or establish any such Laws Constitutions Orders
and Ordinances in such form as aforesaid shall and may lawfully impose
ordain limit and provide such pains penalties and punishments upon all
Offenders contrary to such Laws Constitutions Orders and Ordinances or
any of them as to the said Governor and Company for the time being or the
greater part of them then and there being present the said Governor or
his Deputy being always one shall seem necessary requisite or convenient
for the observation of the same Laws Constitutions Orders and Ordinances
And the same Fines and Amerciaments shall and may by their Officers and
Servants from time to time to be appointed for that purpose levy take and
have to the use of the said Governor and Company and their successors without
the impediment of us our heirs or successors or of any the Officers or
Ministers of us our heirs or successors and without any account therefore
to us our heirs or successors to be made All and singular which
Laws Constitutions Orders and Ordinances so as aforesaid to be made WE
WILL to be duly observed and kept under the pains and penalties therein
to be contained so always as the said Laws Constitutions Orders and Ordinances
Fines and Amerciaments be reasonable and not contrary or repugnant but
as near as may be agreeable to the Laws Statutes or of this our Realm.
AND FURTHERMORE of our
ample and abundant grace certain knowledge and mere motion WE HAVE granted
and by these presents for us our heirs and successors do grant unto the
said Governor and Company and their Successors That they and their Successors
and their Factors Servants and Agents for them and on their behalf and
not otherwise shall for ever hereafter have use and enjoy not only the
whole Entire and only Trade and Traffic and the whole entire and only liberty
use and privilege of trading and Trafficking to and from the Territory
Limits and places aforesaid but also the whole and entire Trade and Traffic
to and from all Havens Bays Creeks Rivers Lakes and Seas into which they
shall find entrance or passage by water or Land out of the Territories
Limits or places aforesaid and to and with all the Natives and People Inhabiting
or which shall inhabit within the Territories Limits and places aforesaid
and to and with all other Nations Inhabiting any of the Coasts adjacent
to the said Territories Limits and places which are not already possessed
as aforesaid or whereof the sole liberty or privilege of Trade and Traffic
is not granted to any other of our Subjects
AND WE of our further
Royal favour And of our more especial grace certain knowledge and mere
Motion HAVE granted and by these presents for us our heirs and Successors
DO grant to the said Governor and Company and to their Successors That
neither the said Territories Limits and places hereby Granted as aforesaid
nor any part thereof nor the islands Havens Ports Cities Towns or places
thereof or therein contained shall be visited frequented or haunted by
any of the Subjects of us our heirs or successors contrary to the true
meaning of these presents and by virtue of our Prerogative Royal which
We will not have in that behalf argued or brought into Question WE STRAIGHTLY
Charge Command and prohibit for us our heirs and Successors all the of
us our heirs and Successors of what degree or Quality soever they be that
none of them directly or indirectly do visit haunt frequent or Trade Traffic
or Adventure by way of Merchandise into or from any the said Territories
Limits or Places hereby granted or any or either of them other then the
said Governor and Company and such particular persons as now be or hereafter
shall be of that Company their Agents Factors and Assignees unless it be
by the License and agreement of the said Governor and Company in writing
first had and obtained under their Common Seal to be granted upon pain
that every such person or persons that shall Trade or Traffic into or from
any the Countries Territories or Limits aforesaid other then the said Governor
and Company and their Successors shall incur our Indignation and the forfeiture
and the loose of the Goods Merchandises and other things whatsoever which
so shall be brought into this Realm of England or any the Dominions of
the same contrary to our said Prohibition or the purport or true meaning
of these presents for which the said Governor and Company shall finned
take and seize in other places out of our Dominions where the said Company
their Agents Factors or Ministers shall Trade Traffic inhabit by virtue
of these our Letters Patent As also the Ship and Ships with the Furniture
thereof wherein such goods Merchandises and other things shall be brought
or found the one half of all the said Forfeitures to be to us our heirs
and successors and the other half thereof WE DO by these Presents clearly
and wholly for us our heirs and Successors Give and Grant unto the said
Governor and Company and their Successors AND FURTHER all and every the
said Offenders for their said contempt to suffer such other punishment
as to us our heirs or Successors for so high a contempt shall seem meet
and convenient and not to be in any wise delivered until they and every
of them shall become bound unto the said Governor for the time being in
the sum of one thousand Pounds at the least at no time then after to Trade
or Traffic into any of the said places Seas Straits Bays Ports Havens or
Territories aforesaid contrary to our Express Commandment in the behalf
herein set down and published
AND FURTHER of our more
especial grace WE HAVE condescended and granted And by these presents for
us our heirs and Successors do grant unto the said Governor and Company
and their successors That We our heirs and Successors will not Grant liberty
license or power to any person or persons whatsoever contrary to the tenor
of these our Letters Patent to Trade traffic or inhabit unto or upon any
the Territories limits or places afore specified contrary to the true meaning
of these presents without the consent of the said Governor and Company
or the most part of them AND of our more abundant grace and favour to the
said Governor and Company WE DO hereby declare our will and pleasure to
be that if it shall so happen that any of the persons free or to be free
of the said Company of Adventurers of England Trading into Hudson's Bay
who shall before going forth of any Ship or Ships appointed for A VOYAGE
or otherwise promise or agree by Writing under his or their hands to adventure
any sum or Sums of money towards the furnishing any provision or maintenance
of any voyage or voyages set forth or to be set forth or intended or meant
to be set forth by the said Governor and Company or the more part of them
present at any Public Assembly commonly called their General Court shall
not within the Space of twenty Days next after Warning given to him or
them by the said Governor or Company or their known Officer or Minister
bring in and deliver to the Treasurer or Treasurers appointed for the Company
such sums of money as shall have been expressed and set down in by the
said Person or Persons subscribed with the name of the said Adventurer
or Adventurers that then and at all Times after it shall and may be lawful
to and for the said Governor and Company or the more part of them present
WHEREOF the said Governor or his Deputy to be one at any of their General
Courts or General Assemblies to remove and disfranchise him or them and
every such person and persons at their wills and pleasures and he or they
so removed and disfranchised not to be permitted to trade into the Countries
Territories Limits aforesaid or any part thereof nor to have any Adventure
or Stock going or remaining with or amongst the said Company without the
special license of the said Governor and Company or the more part of them
present at any General Court first had and obtained in that behalf Any
thing before in these presents to the contrary thereof in any wise notwithstanding
AND OUR WILL AND PLEASURE
is And hereby We do also ordain that it shall and may be lawful to and
for the said Governor and Company or the greater part of them whereof the
Governor for the time being or his Deputy to be one to admit into and to
be of the said Company all such Servants or Factors of or for the said
Company and all such others as to them or the most part of them present
at any Court held for the said Company the Governor or his Deputy being
one shall be thought fit and agreeable with the Orders and Ordinances made
and to be made for the Government of the said Company
AND FURTHER Our will
and pleasure is And by these presents for us our heirs and Successors WE
DO grant unto the said Governor and Company and to their Successors that
it shall and may be lawful in all Elections and By-Laws to be made by the
General Court of the Adventurers of the said Company that every person
shall have a number of votes according to his Stock that is to say for
every hundred pounds by him subscribed or brought into the present Stock
one vote and that any of these that have Subscribed less than one hundred
pounds may join their respective sums to make up one hundred pounds and
have one vote jointly for the same and not otherwise
AND FURTHER of our especial
grace certain knowledge and mere motion WE DO for us our heirs and successors
grant to and with the said Governor and Company of Adventurers of England
Trading into Hudson's Bay that all Lands Islands Territories Plantations
Forts Fortifications Factories or Colonies where the said Companies Factories
and Trade are or shall be within any the Ports and places afore limited
shall be immediately and from henceforth under the power and command of
the said Governor and Company their Successors and Assignees SAVING the
faith and Allegiance due to be performed to us our heirs and successors
as aforesaid and that the said Governor and Company shall have liberty
full Power and authority to appoint and establish Governors and all other
Officers to govern them And that the Governor and his Council of the several
and respective places where the said Company shall have Plantations Forts
Factories Colonies or Places of Trade within any of the Countries Lands
or Territories hereby granted may have power to judge all persons belonging
to the said Governor and Company or that shall live under them in all Causes
whether Civil or Criminal according to the Laws of this Kingdom and to
execute Justice accordingly And in case any crime or misdemeanor shall
be committed in any of the said Companies Plantations Forts Factories or
Places of Trade within the Limits aforesaid where Judicature cannot be
executed for want of a Governor and Council there then in such case it
shall and may be lawful for the chief Factor of that place and his Council
to the party together with the offence to such other Placation Factory
or Fort where there shall be a Governor and Council where Justice may be
executed or into this Kingdom of England as shall be thought most convenient
there to receive such punishment as the nature of his offence shall deserve
AND MOREOVER Our will
and pleasure is And by these presents forus our heirs and Successors WE
DO GIVE and grant unto the said Governor and Company and their Successors
free Liberty and License in case they conceive it necessary to send either
Ships of War Men or Ammunition unto any their Plantations Forts Factories
or Places of Trade aforesaid for the security and defence of the same and
to choose Commanders and Officers over them and to give them power and
authority by Commission under their Common Seal or otherwise to continue
or make peace or War
with any Prince or People
whatsoever that are not Christians in any places where the said Company
shall have any Plantations Forts or Factories or adjacent thereunto as
shall be most for the advantage and benefit of the said Governor and Company
and of their Trade and also to right and recompense themselves upon the
Goods Estates or people of those parts by whom the said Governor and Company
shall sustain any injury loss or damage or upon any other People whatsoever
that shall any way contrary to the intent of these presents interrupt wrong
or injure them in their said Trade within the said places Territories and
Limits granted by this Charter and that it shall and may be lawful to and
for the said Governor and Company and their Successors from time to time
and at all times from henceforth to Erect and build such Castles Fortifications
Forts Garrisons Colonies Plantations Towns or Villages in any parts or
places within the Limits and Bounds granted before in these presents unto
the said Governor and Company as they in their Discretions shall think
fit and requisite and for the supply of such as shall be needful and convenient
to keep and be in the same to send out of this Kingdom to the said Castles
Forts Fortifications Garrisons Colonies Plantations Towns or Villages all
of Clothing Provision of Victuals Ammunition and Implements necessary for
such purpose paying the Duties and Customs for the same As also to transport
and carry over such number of Men being willing thereunto or not prohibited
as they shall think fit and also to govern them in such legal and reasonable
manner as the said Governor and Company shall think best and to inflict
punishment for misdemeanors or impose such Fines upon them for breach of
their Orders as in these Presents are formerly expressed
AND FURTHER Our will
and pleasure is And by these presents for us our heirs and Successors WE
DO grant unto the said Governor and Company and to their Successors full
Power and lawful authority to seize upon the Persons of all such English
or any other of our Subjects which shall sail into Hudson's Bay or Inhabit
in any of the Countries Islands or Territories hereby Granted to the said
Governor and Company without their leave and Licence in that Behalf first
had and obtained or that shall contemn or disobey their Orders and send
them to England and that all and every Person and Persons being our Subjects
any ways Employed by the said Governor and Company within any the Parts
places and Limits aforesaid shall be liable unto and suffer such punishment
for any Offences by them committed in the Parts aforesaid as the President
and Council for the said Governor and Company there shall think fit and
the merit of the offence shall require as aforesaid. And in case any Person
or Persons being convicted and Sentenced by the President and Council of
the said Governor and Company in the Countries Lands or Limits aforesaid
their Factors or Agents there for any Offence by them done shall appeal
from the same That then and in such Case it shall and may be lawful to
and for the said President and Council Factors or Agents to seize upon
him or them and to carry him or them home Prisoners into England to the
said Governor and Company there to receive such condign punishment as his
Cause shall require and the Law of this Nation allow of and for the better
discovery of abuses and injuries to be done unto the said Governor and
Company or their Successors by any Servant by them to be employed in the
said Voyages and Plantations it shall and may be lawful to and for the
said Governor and Company and their respective Presidents Chief Agent or
Governor in the parts aforesaid to examine upon Oath all Factors Masters
Pursers Supra Cargoes Commanders of Castles Forts Fortifications Plantations
or Colonies or other Persons touching or concerning any matter or thing
in which by Law or usage an Oath may be administered so as the said Oath
and the matter
therein contained be
not repugnant but agreeable to the Laws of this Realm
AND WE DO hereby straightly
charge and Command all and singular our Admirals Vice-Admirals Justices
Mayors Sheriffs Constables Bailiffs and all and singular other our Officers
Ministers Liege Men and Subjects whatsoever to be aiding favouring helping
and assisting to the said Governor and Company and to their Successors
and to their Deputies Officers Factors Servants Assignees and Ministers
and every of them in executing and enjoying the premises as well on Land
as on Sea from time to time when any of you shall thereunto be required
ANY STATUTE Act Ordinance Proviso Proclamation or restraint heretofore
had made set forth ordained or provided or any other matter cause or thing
whatsoever to the contrary in any wise notwithstanding
IN WITNESS WHEREOF we
have caused these our Letters to be made Patented WITNESS OURSELF at Westminster
the second day of May in the two and twentieth year of our Reign By Writ
of Privy Seal
Source: Statutes,
Orders in Council &c, relating to the
Hudson's Bay Company
(London, 1949).
Footnote #9
CONSTITUTION OF NORTH
CAROLINA OF 1776
A DECLARATION OF
RIGHTS
A Declaration of Rights,
made by the Representatives of the Freeman of the State of North Carolina.
1. That all political
power is vested, in and derived from, the people only.
2. That the people
of this State ought to have the sole and exclusive right of regulating
the internal government and police thereof.
3. That no men,
or set of men, are entitled to exclusive or separate emoluments or privileges
from the community, but in consideration of public services.
4. That the legislative,
executive and supreme judicial powers of government, ought to be forever
separate and distinct from each other.
5. That all powers
of suspending laws, or the execution of laws, by any authority, without
consent of the representatives of the people, is injurious to their rights,
and ought not to be exercised.
6. That elections of
members to serve as representatives in general assembly ought to be free.
7. That in all
criminal prosecutions, every man has a right to be informed of the accusation
against him, and to confront the accusers and witnesses with other testimony,
and shall not be compelled to give evidence against himself.
8. That no freeman shall
be put to answer any criminal charge, but by indictment, presentment, or
impeachment.
9. That no freeman shall
be convicted of any crime, but by the unanimous verdict of a jury of good
and lawful men, in open court, as heretofore used.
10. That excessive bail
should not be required, nor excessive fines imposed, nor cruel nor unusual
punishments inflicted.
11. That general
warrants, whereby any officer or messenger may be commanded to search suspected
places, without evidence of the fact committed, or to seize any person
or persons not named, whose offenses are not particularly described, and
supported by evidence, are dangerous to liberty, and ought not to be granted.
12. That no freeman
ought to be taken, imprisoned, or disseized of his freehold, liberties,
or privileges, or outlawed or exiled, or in any manner destroyed, or deprived
of his life, liberty or property, but by the law of the land.
13. That every
freeman restrained of his liberty is entitled to a remedy, to inquire in
to the lawfulness thereof, and to remove the same, if unlawful; and that
such remedy ought not to be denied or delayed.
14. That in all
controversies at law, respecting property, the ancient mode of trial by
jury is one of the best securities of the rights of the people, and ought
to remain sacred and inviolable.
15. That the freedom
of the press is one of the great bulwarks of liberty; and therefore ought
never to be restrained.
16. That the people
of this State ought not to be taxed, or made subject to the payment of
any impost, or duty, without the consent of themselves, or their representatives
in the general assembly freely given.
17. That the people have
a right to bear arms, for the defense of the State; and as standing armies,
in time of peace, are dangerous to liberty, they ought not to be kept up;
and that the military should be kept under strict subordination to, and
governed by, the civil power.
18. That the people have
a right to assemble together, to consult for the common good, to instruct
their representatives, and to apply to the legislature for redress of grievances.
19. That all men have
a natural and unalienable right to worship Almighty God according to the
dictates of their own conscience.
20. That, for redress
of grievances, and for amending and strengthening the laws, elections ought
to be often held.
21. That a frequent recurrence
to fundamental principles is absolutely necessary to preserve the blessings
of liberty.
22. That no hereditary
emoluments, privileges, or honors ought to be granted or conferred in this
State.
23. That perpetuities
and monopolies are contrary to the genius of a free State, and ought not
to be allowed.
24. That retrospective
laws, punishing acts committed before the existence of such laws, and by
them only declared criminal, are oppressive, unjust, and incompatible with
liberty; wherefore, no ex post facto law ought to be made.
25. The property of the
soil, in a free government, being one of the essential rights of the collective
body of the people, it is necessary, in order to avoid future disputes,
that the limits of the State should be ascertained with precision: and
as the former temporary line betweenNorth and South Carolina was confirmed,
and extended by commissioners, appointed by the legislatures of the two
States, agreeable to the order of the late King George II in council, that
line, and that only, should be esteemed the southern boundary of this State;
that is to say, beginning on the seaside at a cedar stake at or near the
mouth of Little River, (being the southern extremity of Brunswick County),
and running from thence a northwest course, through the boundary-house,
which stands in thirty-three degrees fifty-six minutes, to a thirty-five
degrees north latitude; and from thence a west course, so far as is mentioned
in the charter of King Charles II
to the late proprietors
of Carolina. Therefore, all the territory, seas, waters, and harbors, with
their appurtenances, lying between the line above described, and the southern
line of the State of Virginia, which begins on the seashore, in thirty-six
degrees thirty minutes north latitude, and from thence runs west, agreeable
to the said charter of King Charles, are the right and property of the
people of this State, to be held by them in sovereignty: any partial line,
without the consent of the legislature of this State, at any time thereafter
directed or laid out, in any wise notwithstanding: provided always, that
this declaration of right shall not prejudice any nation or nations of
Indians, from enjoying such hunting grounds as may have been, or hereafter
shall be secured to them, by any former or future legislature of this State:
And provided also, that it shall not be construed so as to prevent the
establishment of one or more governments westward of this State, by consent
of the legislature: And provided further, that nothing herein contained
shall affect the titles or possessions of individuals holding or claiming
under the laws heretofore in force, or grants heretofore made by the late
King George II, or his predecessors, or the late lords proprietors, or
any of them.
THE CONSTITUTION
The Constitution,
or form of Government, agreed to and Resolved upon, by the Representatives
of the freemen of the State of North Carolina, elected and chosen for that
particular purpose, in Congress assembled, at Halifax, the eighteenth day
of December , in the year of our Lord one thousand seven hundred and seventy-six.
Whereas, allegiance and
protection are in their nature reciprocal, and the one should of right
be refused when the other is withdrawn;
And whereas, George
the Third, king of Great Britain, and late sovereign of the British American
colonies, hath not only withdrawn from them his protection, but, by an
act of the British legislature, declared the inhabitants of these States
out of the protection of the British crown, and all their property found
upon the high-seas liable to be seized and confiscated to the uses mentioned
in the said act; and the said George the Third has also sent fleets and
armies to prosecute a cruel war against them, for the purpose of reducing
the inhabitants of the said colonies to a state of object slavery; in consequence
whereof, all government, under the said king, within the said colonies,
hath ceased, and a total dissolution of government, in many of them, hath
taken place:
And whereas, the
continental congress, having considered the premises, and other previous
violations of the rights of the good people of America, have therefore
declared that the thirteen united colonies are, of right, wholly absolved
from all allegiance to the British crown, or any other foreign jurisdiction
whatsoever; and that the said colonies now are, and forever shall be, free
and independent states. Wherefore, in our present State, in order to prevent
anarchy and confusion, it becomes necessary that government should be established
in this State; therefore, we the representatives of the freemen of North
Carolina, chosen and assembled in congress for the express purpose of framing
a constitution, under the authority of the people, most conducive to their
happiness and prosperity, do declare, that a government for this State
shall be established, in manner and form following, to wit:
1. That the legislative
authority shall be vested in two distinct branches, both dependent on the
people, to wit, a senate and house of commons.
2. That the senate
shall be composed of representatives, annually chosen by ballot, one for
each county in the State.
3. That the house
of commons shall be composed of representatives, annually chosen by ballot,
two for each county, and one for each of the towns of Edenton, New Bern,
Wilmington, Salisbury, Hillsborough, and Halifax.
4. That the senate and
house of commons, assembled for the purpose of legislation, shall be denominated
the general assembly.
5. That each member of
the senate shall have usually resided in the county in which he is chosen
for one year immediately preceeding his election, and for the same time
shall have possessed, and continue to possess, in the county which he represents,
not less than three hundred acres of land in fee.
6. That each member of
the house of commons shall have usually resided in the county in which
he is chosen for one year immediately preceding his election, and for six
months shall have possessed, and continue to possess, in the county which
he represents , not less than one hundred acres of land in fee, or for
the term of his own life.
7. That all freemen of
the age of twenty-one years, who have been inhabitants of any one county
within the State twelve months immediately preceding the day of any election,
and possessed of a freehold, within the same county, of fifty acres of
land, for six months next before, and at the day of election, shall be
entitled to vote for a member of the senate.
8. That all freemen of
the age of twenty-one years, who have been inhabitants of any one county
within the State twelve months immediately preceding the day of any election,
and shall have paid public taxes, shall be entitled to vote for members
of the house of commons, for the county in which he resides.
9. That all persons possessed
of a freehold, in any town in this State, having a right of representation,
and also all freemen, who have been inhabitants of any such town twelve
months next before, and at the day of election, and shall have paid public
taxes, shall be entitled to vote for a member to represent such town in
the house of commons: provided, always, that this section shall not entitle
any inhabitant of such town to vote for members of the house of commons
for the county in which he may reside : nor any freeholder in such county,
who resides without or beyond the limits of such town, to vote for a member
of the said town.
10. That the senate and
house of commons, when met, shall each have power to choose a speaker,
and their other officers; be judges of the qualifications and elections
of their members; sit upon their own adjournments from day to day; and
prepare bills to be passed into laws. The two houses shall direct writs
of election, for supplying intermediate vacancies: and shall also jointly,
by ballot, adjourn themselves to any future day and place.
11. That all bills shall
be read three times in each house, before they pass into laws, and be signed
by the speakers of both houses.
12. That every person,
who shall be chosen a member of the senate or house of commons, or appointed
to any office or place of trust, before taking his seat, or entering upon
the execution of his office, shall take an oath to the State: and all officers
shall take an oath of office.
13. That the general
assembly shall, by joint ballot of both houses, appoint judges of the supreme
courts of law and equity, judges of admiralty and attorney-general, who
shall be commissioned by the governor, and hold their offices during good
behavior.
14. That the senate and
house of commons shall have power to appoint the generals and field officers
of the militia, and all officers of the regular army of this State.
15. That the senate
and house of commons, jointly, at their first meeting after each annual
election, shall, by ballot, elect a governor for one year, who shall not
be eligible to that office longer than three years, in six successive years;
that no person under thirty years of age, and who has not been a resident
in this State above five years, and having, in the State, a freehold in
lands and tenements, above the value of one thousand pounds, shall be eligible
as a governor.
16. That the senate
and house of commons, jointly, at their first meeting, after each annual
election, shall, by ballot, elect seven persons to be a council of state
for one year; who shall advise the governor in the execution of his
office; and that four members shall be a quorum; their advice and proceedings
shall be entered in a journal, to be kept for that purpose only, and signed
by the members present; to any part of which any member present may enter
his dissent. And such journal shall be laid before the general assembly
when called for by them.
17. That there
shall be a seal of this State, which shall be kept by the governor, and
used by him as occasion may require; and shall be called the great seal
of the State of North Carolina, and shall be affixed to all grants and
commissions.
18. The governor,
for the time being, shall be captain-general and commander-in-chief of
the militia; and in the recess of the general assembly, shall have
power, by and with the advice of the council of state, to embody
the militia for the public safety.
19. The governor,
for the time being, shall have power to draw for and apply such sums of
money as shall be voted by the general assembly, for the contingencies
of government, and be accountable to them for the same. He also may, by
and with the advice of the council of state, lay embargoes, or prohibit
the exportation of any commodity, for any term not exceeding thirty days,
at any one time in the recess of the general assembly; and shall
have the power of granting pardons and reprieves, except where the prosecution
shall be carried on by the general assembly, or the law shall otherwise
direct; in which case, he may, in the recess, grant a reprieve until the
next sitting of the general assembly; and he may exercise all the other
executive powers of government, limited and restrained, as by this constitution
is mentioned, and according to the laws of the State. And, on his death,
inability, or absence from the State, the speaker of the senate, for the
time being, and in case of his death, inability, or absence from the State,
the speaker of the house of commons, shall exercise the powers of government,
after such death, or during such absence or inability of the governor,
or speaker of the senate, or until a new nomination is made by the general
assembly.
20. That, in every
case, where any officer, the right of whose appointment is, by this constitution,
vested in the general assembly, shall, during their recess, die, or his
office by other means become vacant, the governor shall have power, with
the advice of the council of State, to fill up such vacancy, by granting
a temporary commission, which shall expire at the end of the next session
of the general assembly.
21. That the governor,
judges of the supreme court of law and equity, judges of admiralty, and
attorney-general, shall have adequate salaries, during their continuance
in office.
22. That the general
assembly shall, by joint ballot of both houses, annually appoint a treasurer
or treasurers for this State.
23. That the governor,
and other officers, offending against the State, by violating any part
of this constitution, maladministration, or corruption, may be prosecuted,
on the impeachment of the general assembly, or presentment of the grand
jury of any court of supreme jurisdiction in this State.
24. That the general
assembly shall, by joint ballot of both houses, triennially appoint a secretary
for this State.
25. That no persons who
heretofore have been, or hereafter may be, receivers of public moneys,
shall have a seat in either house of general assembly, or be eligible to
any office in this State, until such person shall have fully accounted
for, and paid in to the treasury, all sums for which they may be accountable
and liable.
26. That no treasurer
shall have a seat, either in the senate, house of commons, or council of
state, during his continuance in that office, or before he shall have finally
settled his accounts with the public, for all the moneys which may be in
his hands , at the expiration of his office, belonging to the State, and
hath paid the same into the hands of the succeeding treasurer.
27. That no officer in
the regular army or navy, in the service and pay of the United States,
of this State or any other State, nor any contractor or agent for supplying
such army or navy with clothing or provisions, shall have a seat either
in the senate , house of commons, or council of state, or be eligible thereto;
and any member of the senate, house of commons, or council of state, being
appointed to ,and accepting of such office, shall thereby vacate his seat.
28. That no member of
the council of state shall have a seat, either in the senate or house of
commons.
29. That no judge of
the supreme court of law or equity, or judge of admiralty, shall have a
seat in the senate, house of commons, or council of state.
30. That no secretary
of this State, attorney-general, or clerk of any court of record, shall
have a seat in the senate, house of commons, or council of state.
31. That no clergyman,
or preacher of the gospel, of any denomination, shall be capable of being
a member of either the senate, house of commons, or council of state, while
he continues in the exercise of his pastoral function.
32. That no person who
shall deny the being of God, or the truth of the Protestant religion, or
the divine authority of either the Old or New Testaments, or who shall
hold religious principlesincompatible with the freedom and safety of the
State, shall be capable of holding any office, or place of trust or profit,
in the civil department, within this State.
33. That the justices
of the peace, within their respective counties in this State, shall in
future be recommended to the governor for the time being, by the representatives
in general assembly; and the governor shall commission them accordingly;
and the justices, when so commissioned, shall hold their offices during
good behaviour, and shall not be removed from office by the general assembly,
unless for misbehaviour, absence, or inability.
34. That there shall
be no establishment of any one religious church or denomination in this
State, in preference to any other; neither shall any person, on any pretense
whatsoever be compelled to attend any place of worship contrary to his
own faith or judgement, nor be obliged to pay for the purchase of any glebe,
or the building of any house of worship, or for the maintenance of any
minister or ministry, contrary to what he believes right, or has voluntarily
and personally engaged to perform; but all persons shall be at liberty
to exercise their own mode of worship: Provided, that nothing herein contained
shall be construed to exempt preachers of treasonable or seditious discourses,
from legal trial and punishment.
35. That no person
in the State shall hold more than one lucrative office at any one time:
Provided that no appointment in the militia, or the office of a justice
of the peace, shall be considered as a lucrative office.
36. That all commissions
and grants shall run in the name of the
State of North Carolina,
and bear test, and be signed by the Governor. All writs shall run in the
same manner, and bear test, and be signed by the clerks of the respective
courts. Indictments shall conclude, against the peace and dignity of the
State.
37. That the delegates
for this State to the continental congress, while necessary, shall be chosen
annually by the general assembly, by ballot; but may be superseded, in
the mean time, in the same manner; and no person shall be elected to serve
in that capacity for more than three years successively.
38. That there
shall be a sheriff, coroner, or coroners, and constables, in each county
within this State.
39. That the person
of a debtor, where there is not a strong presumption of fraud, shall not
be continued in prison after
delivering up, bona
fide, all his estate, real and personal, for the use of his creditors,
in such manner as shall hereafter be regulated by law. All prisoners shall
be bailable by sufficient sureties, unless for capital offenses, when the
proof is evident, or the presumption great.
40. That every
foreigner who comes to settle in this State; having first taken an oath
of allegiance to the same, may purchase, or, by other just means, acquire,
hold, and transfer land, or other real estate, and after one year's residence
be deemed a free citizen.
41. That a school
or schools shall be established by the legislature, for the convenient
instruction of youth, with such salaries to the masters, paid by the public,
as may enable them to instruct at low prices; and, all usefull learning
shall be duly encouraged and promoted in one or more universities.
42. That no purchase
of lands shall be made of the Indian natives, but on behalf of the public,
by authority of the general assembly.
43. That the future
legislature of this State shall regulate entails, in such a manner as to
prevent perpetuities.
44. That the declaration
of rights is hereby declared to be part of the constitution of this State,
and ought never to be violated on any pretence whatsoever.
45. That any member
of either house of general assembly shall have liberty to dissent from
and protest against any act or resolve which he may think injurious to
the public, or any individual, and have the reasons of his dissent entered
on the journals.
46. That neither
house of the general assembly shall proceed upon public business, unless
a majority of all the members of such house are actually present; and that
upon a motion made and seconded, the yeas and nays, upon any question,
shall be taken and entered on the journals: and that the journals of the
proceedings of both houses of the general assembly shall be printed, and
made public, immediately after their adjournment.
This constitution
is not intended to preclude the present congress from making a temporary
provision, for the well ordering of this State, until the general assembly
shall establish government agreeable to the mode herein before described.
RICHARD CASWELL,
President.
December the eighteenth,
one thousand seven hundred and seventy-six, read the third time,
and ratified in open congress.
Footnote #10
THE CONSTITUTION
Preamble
We the people of
the State of North Carolina, grateful to Almighty God, the Sovereign Ruler
of Nations, for the preservation of the American Union, and the existence
of our civil, political and religious liberties, and acknowledgeing our
dependence upon Him, for the continuance of those blessings to us and our
posterity, do, for the more certain security thereof, and for the better
government of this State, ordain and establish this Constitution.
Article I.
Declaration of
Rights.
That the great,
general and essential principles of liberty and free government, may be
recognized and established, and that the relations of this State to the
Union and government of the United States, and those of the people of this
State to the rest of the American people, may be defined and affirmed,
we do declare;
SECTION 1. That
we hold it to be selfevident that all men are created equal; that they
are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable rights; that among
these are life, liberty, the enjoyment of the fruits of their own labor,
and the pursuit of happiness.
SEC. 2. That all
political power is vested in, and derived from the people; all government
of right originates from the people, is founded upon their will only, and
is instituted solely for the good of the whole.
SEC. 3. That the
people of this State have the inherent, sole, and exclusive right of regulating
the internal government and police thereof, and of altering and abolishing
their Constitution and form of government, whenever it may be necessary
to their safety and happiness; but every such right should be exercised
in pursurance of law, and consistently with the Constitution of the United
States.
SEC. 4. That this
State shall ever remain a member of the American Union, that the people
thereof are part of the American nation; that there is no right on the
part of this State to secede, and that all attempts from whatever source
or upon whatever pretext, to dissolve said Union, or to sever said nation,
ought to be resisted with the whole power of the State.
SEC. 5. That every citizen
of this State owes paramount allegiance to the Constitution and Government
of the United States, and that no law or ordinance of the State in contravention
or subversion thereof, can have any binding force.
SEC. 6. To maintain the
honor and good faith of the State untarnished, the public debt, regularly
contracted before and Since the rebellion, shall be regarded as inviolable
and never be questioned; but the State shall never assume or pay, or authorize
the collection of, any debt or obligation, express or implied, incurred
in aid of insurrection or rebellion against the United States, or any claim
for the loss or emancipation of any slave.
SEC. 7. No man or set
of men are entitled to exclusive or separate emoluments or privileges from
the community but in consideration of public services.
SEC. 8. The legislative,
executive, and supreme judicial powers of the government ought to be forever
separate and distinct from each other.
SEC. 9. All power of
suspending laws, or the execution of laws, by any authority, without the
consent of the representatives of the people, is injurious to their rights,
and ought not to be exercised.
SEC. 10. All elections
ought to be free.
SEC. 11. In all criminal
prosecutions, every man has the right to be informed of the accusation
against him and to confront the accusers and witnesses with other testimony,
and to have counsel for his defence, and not be compelled to give evidence
against himself, or to pay costs, jail fees, or necessary witness fees
of the defence, unless found guilty.
SEC. 12. No person shall
be put to answer any criminal charge except as hereinafter allowed, but
by indictment, presentment, or impeachment.
SEC. 13. No person shall
be convicted of any crime but by the unanimous verdict of a jury of good
and lawful men in open court. The legislature may, however, provide other
means of trial, for petty misdemeanors, with the right of appeal.
SEC. 14. Excessive bail
should not be required, nor excessive fines imposed, nor cruel or unusual
punishments inflicted.
SEC. 15. General warrants,
whereby any officer or messenger may be commanded to search suspected places,
without evidence of the act committed, or to seize any person or persons
not named, whose offence is not particularly described and supported by
evidence, are dangerous to liberty and ought not to be granted.
SEC. 16. There shall
be no imprisonment for debt in this State, except in cases of fraud.
SEC. 17. No person ought
to be taken, imprisoned or disseized of his freehold, liberties or privileges,
or outlawed, or exiled, or in any manner deprived of his life, liberty,
or property, but by the law of the land.
SEC. 18. Every person
restrained of his liberty, is entitled to a remedy to enquire in to the
lawfulness thereof and to remove the same, if unlawful, and such remedy
ought not to be denied or delayed.
SEC. 19. In all controversies
at law respecting property, the ancient mode of trial by jury is one of
the best securities of the rights of the people, and ought to remain sacred
and inviolable.
SEC. 20. The freedom
of the press is one of the great bulwarks of liberty, and there ~ fore
ought never to be restrained, but every individual shall be held responsible
for the abuse of the same.
SEC. 21. The privilege
of the writ of habeas corpus shall not be suspended.
SEC. 22. As political
rights and privileges are not dependent upon or modified by property, therefore
no property qualification ought to affect the right to vote or hold office.
SEC. 23. The people of
this State ought not to be taxed, or made subject to the payment of any
impost or duty, without the consent of themselves, or their representatives
in General Assembly freely given.
SEC. 24. A well regulated
militia being necessary to the security of a free State, the right of the
people to keep and bear arms shall not be infringed; and, as standing armies,
in time of peace, are dangerous to liberty, they ought not to be kept up,
and the military should be kept under strict subordination to, and governed
by, the civil power.
SEC. 25. The people have
a right to assemble together to consult for their common good, to instruct
their representatives, and to apply to the Legislature for redress of grievances.
SEC. 26. All men have
a natural and unalienable right to worship Almighty God according to the
dictates of their own consciences, and no human authority should, in any
case whatever, control or interfere with the rights of conscience.
SEC. 27. The people have
a right to the privilege of education, and it is the duty of the State
to guard and maintain that right.
SEC. 28. For redress
of grievances, and for amending and strengthening the laws, elections should
be often held.
SEC. 29. A frequent recurrence
to fundamental principles, is absolutely necessary to preserve the blessings
of liberty.
SEC. 30. No hereditary
emoluments, priviliges, or honors, ought to be granted or conferred in
this State.
SEC. 31. Perpetuities
and monopolies are contrary to the genius of a free State, and ought not
to be allowed.
SEC. 32. Retrospective
laws, punishing acts committed before the
existence of such laws,
and by them only declared criminal, are oppressive, unjust and incompatible
with liberty, wherefore, no ex post facto law ought to be made. No law
taxing retrospectively, sales, purchases, or other acts previously done,
ought to be passed.
SEC. 33. Slavery and
involuntary servitude, otherwise than for crime whereof the parties shall
have been duly convicted, shall be, and are hereby forever prohibited within
this State.
SEC. 34. The limits and
boundaries of the State shall be and remain as they now are.
SEC. 35. All courts shall
be open, and every person for an injury done him in his lands, goods, person,
or reputation, shall have remedy by due course of law, and right and justice
administered without sale, denial, or delay.
SEC. 36. No soldier shall,
in time of peace, be quartered in any house without the consent of the
owner; nor in time of war, but in a manner prescribed by law.
SEC. 37. This enumeration
of rights shall not be construed to impair or deny others, retained by
the people; and all powers, not herein delegated, remain with the people.
Article II.
Legislative Department.
SECTION 1. The
Legislative authority shall be vested in two distinct branches, both dependent
on the people to wit: a Senate and House of Representatives.
SEC. 2. The Senate
and House of Representatives shall meet annually on the third Monday in
November and when assembled, shall be denominated the General Assembly.
Neither House shall proceed upon public business, unless a majority of
all the members are actually present.
SEC. 3. The Senate shall
be composed of fifty Senators biennially chosen by ballot.
SEC. 4. Until the first
session of the General Assembly which shall be had after the year eighteen
hundred and seventy one, the Senate shall be composed of members elected
from districts constituted as follows: 1st District-Perquimans,
Pasquotank, Chowan, Currituck, Gates and Camden, shall elect two Senators.
2nd District-Martin,
Washington and Tyrrell shall elect one Senator.
3rd District-Beaufort
and Hyde, shall elect one Senator.
4th District-Northampton
shall elect one Senator.
5th District-Bertie
and Hertford, shall elect one Senator.
6th District-Halifax,
shall elect one Senator.
7th District-Edgecombe,
shall elect one Senator.
8th District-Pitt,
shall elect one Senator.
9th District-Nash
and Wilson, shall elect one Senator.
10th District-Craven
and Carteret, shall elect two Senators.
11th District-Jones
and Lenoir, shall elect one Senator.
12th District-Duplin
and Onslow, shall elect one Senator.
13th District-Brunswick
and New Hanover, shall elect two Senators.
14th District-Bladen
and Columbus, shall elect one Senator.
15th District-Robeson,
shall elect one Senator.
16th District-Cumberland,
Harnett and Sampson shall elect two Senators.
17th District-Johnston,
shall elect one Senator.
18th District-Greene
and Wayne, shall elect one Senator.
19th District-Franklin
and Wake, shall elect two Senators.
20th District-Warren,
shall elect one Senator.
21st District-Granville
and Person, shall elect two Senators.
22nd District-Orange,
shall elect one Senator.
23rd District-Chatham,
shall elect one Sentor.
24th District-Caswell
shall elect one Senator.
25th District-Rockingham,
shall elect one Senator.
26th District-Alamance
and Guilford, shall elect two Senators.
27th District-Randolph
and Montgomery, shall elect one Senator.
28th District-Moore
and Richmond, shall elect one Senator.
29th District-Anson
and Union, shall elect one Senator.
30th District-Mecklenburg,
shall elect one Senator.
31st District-Cabarrus
and Stanly, shall elect one Senator.
32nd District-Davie
and Rown, shall elect one Senator.
33rd District-Davidson,
shall elect one Senator.
34th District-Forsyth
and Stokes, shall elect one Senator.
35th District-Surry
and Yadkin, shall elect one Senator.
36th District-Alexander
and Iredell, shall elect one Senator.
37th District-Catawba,
Gaston and Lincoln, shall elect one Senator.
38th District-Cleveland,
Polk and Rutherford, shall elect one Senator.
39th District-Alleghany,
Ashe and Wilkes, shall elect one Senator.
40th District-Buncombe,
Henderson and Transylvania shall elect one Senator.
41st District-Burke,
Caldwell and Watauga, shall elect one Senator.
42nd District-Madison,
Mitchell, McDowell, and Yancey shall elect one Senator.
43rd District-Clay,
Cherokee, Haywood, Jackson and Macon, shall elect one Senator.
SEC. 5. An enumeration
of the inhabitants of the State shall be taken under the direction of the
General Assembly in the year one thousand eight hundred and seventy five,
and at the end of every ten years thereafter; and the said Senate districts,
shall be so altered by the General Assembly, at the first session after
the return of every enumeration taken as aforesaid, or by order of Congress,
that each Senate district shall contain, as nearly as may be, an equal
number of inhabitants, excluding aliens and Indians not taxed, and shall
remain unaltered until the return of another enumeration, and shall at
all times consist of contiguous territory; and no county shall be divided
in the formation of a Senate district, unless such county shall be equitably
entitled to two or more Senators.
SEC. 6. The House of
Representatives shall be composed of one hundred and twenty Representatives,
biennially chosen by ballot, to be elected by the counties respectively,
according to their population, and each county shall have at least one
Representative in the House of Representatives, although it may not contain
the requisite ratio of representation. This apportionment shall be
made by the General Assembly at the respective times and periods when the
districts for the Senate are hereinbefore directed to be laid off.
SEC. 7. In making
the apportionment in the House of Representatives, the ratio of representation
should be ascertained by dividing the amount of the population of the State,
exclusive of that comprehended within those counties which do not severally
contain the one hundred and twentieth part of the population of the State,
by the number of Representatives, less the number assigned to such counties;
and in ascertaining the number of the population of the State, aliens and
Indians not taxed, shall not be included. To each county containing the
said ratio and not twice the said ratio, there shall be assigned one representative;
to each county containing twice but not three times the said ratio, there
shall be assigned two representatives, and so on progressively, and then
the remaining representatives shall be assigned severally to the counties
having the largest fractions.
SEC. 8. Until the General
Assembly shall have made the apportionment as herein before provided, the
House of Representatives shall be composed of members elected from the
counties in the following manner, to wit; The county of Wake shall elect
four members; the counties of Craven, Granville, Halifax and New Hanover
shall elect three members each; the counties of Caswell, Chatham, Cumberland,
Davidson, Duplin, Edgecombe, Franklin, Guilford, Iredell, Johnston, Mecklenburg,
Northampton, Orange, Pitt, Randolph, Robeson, Rockingham, Rowan, Warren
and Wayne shall elect two members each; the counties of Alamance, Alexander,
Alleghany, Anson, Ashe, Beaufort, Bertie, Bladen, Brunswick, Buncombe,
Burke, Cabarrus, Caldwell, Camden Carteret, Catawba, Cherokee, Chowan,
Clay, Cleveland, Columbus, Currituck, Davie, Forsooth, Gaston, Gates, Greene,
Harnett, Henderson, Haywood, Hertford, Hyde, Jackson, Jones, Lenoir, Lincoln,
Macon, Madison, Martin, McDowell, Mitchell, Montgomery, Moore, Nash, Onslow,
Pasquotank, Perquimans, Person, Polk, Richmond, Rutherford, Sampson, Stanly,
Stokes, Surry, Transylvania, Tyrrell, Union, Washington, Watauga, Wilkes,
Wilson, Yadkin and Yancy shall elect one member each.
SEC. 9. Each member
of the Senate shall be not less than twenty-five years of age, shall have
resided in the State as a citizen two years, and shall have usually resided
in the district for which he is chosen, one year immediately preceding
his election.
SEC. 10. Each member
of the House of Representatives shall be a qualified elector of the State,
and shall have resided in the county for which he is chosen, for one year
immediately preceding his election.
SEC. 11. In the
election of all officers, whose appointment shall be conferred upon the
General Assembly by the Constitution, the vote shall be viva voce.
SEC. 12. The General
Assembly shall have power to pass general laws regulating divorce and alimony,
but shall not have power to grant a divorce or secure Alimony in any individual
case.
SEC. 13. The General
Assembly shall not have power to pass any private law to alter the name
of any person, or to legitimate any person not born in lawful wedlock,
or to restore the rights of citizenship any person convicted of an infamous
crime, but shall have power to pass general laws regulating the same.
SEC. 14. The General
Assembly shall not pass any private law, unless it shall be made to appear,
that thirty day's notice of application to pass such law shall have been
given, under such direction, and in such manner as shall be provided by
law.
SEC. 15. If vacancies
shall occur in the General Assembly by death, resignation or otherwise,
writs of election shall be issued by the Governor under such regulations
as may be prescribed by law.
SEC. 16. No law shall
be passed to raise money on the credit of the State, or to pledge the faith
of the State directly or indirectly for the payment of any debt, or to
impose any tax upon the people of the State, or to allow the counties,
cities or towns to do so, unless the bill for the purpose shall have been
read three several times in each House of the General Assembly, and passed
three several readings, which readings shall have been on three different
days, and agreed to by each House respectively, and unless the yeas and
nays on the second and third readings of the bill shall have been entered
on the Journal.
SEC. 17. The General
Assembly shall regulate entails in such manner as to prevent perpetuities.
SEC. 18. Each House shall
keep a journal of its proceedings, which shall be printed and made public
immediately after the adjurnment of the General Assembly.
SEC. 19. Any member of
either House may dissent from, and protest against, any act or resolve,
which he may think injurious to the public, or any individual, and have
the reasons of his dissent entered on the Journal.
SEC. 20. The House of
Representatives shall choose their own Speaker and other officers.
SEC. 21. The Lieutenant-Governor
shall preside in the Senate, but shall have no vote, unless it may be equally
divided.
SEC. 22. The Senate shall
choose its other officers and also; a Speaker (pro tempore) in the absence
of the Lieutenant-Governor, or when he shall exercise the office of Governor.
SEC. 23. The style of
the acts shall be, "The General Assembly of North Carolina do enact :".
SEC. 24. Each House shall
be judge of the qualifications and elections of its own members, shall
sit upon its own adjournment from day to day, prepare bills to be passed
into laws, and the two Houses, may also jointly adjourn to any future day,
or other place.
SEC. 25. All bills and
resolutions of a legislative nature, shall be read three times in each
House, before they pass into laws; and shall be signed by the presiding
officers of both Houses.
SEC. 26. Each member
of the General Assembly, before taking his seat, shall take an oath or
affirmation that he will support the Constitution and laws of the United
States, and the Constitution of the State of North Carolina, and will faithfully
discharge his duty as a member of the Senate or House of Representatives.
SEC. 27. The terms of
office for Senators and members of the House of Representatives shall commence
at the time of their election; and the term of office of those elected
at the first election held under this Constitution shall terminate at the
same time as if they had been elected, at the first ensuing regular election.
SEC. 28. Upon motion
made and seconded in either House, by one fifth of the members present,
the yeas and nays upon any question shall be taken and entered upon the
journals.
SEC. 29. The election
for members of the General Assembly shall be held for the respective districts,
and counties, at the places where they are now held, or may be directed
hereafter to be held, in such manner as may be prescribed by law, on the
first Thursday in August, in the year one thousand eight hundred and seventy,
and every two years thereafter. But the General Assesmbly may change the
time of holding the elections. The first election shall be held when the
vote shall be taken on the ratification of this Constitution by the voters
of the State, and the General Assembly then elected, shall meet on the
fifteenth day after the approval thereof by the Congress of the United
States, if it fall not on Sunday, but if it shall so fall, then on the
next day thereafter, and the members then elected shall hold their seats
until their successors are elected at a regular election.
Article III.
Executive Department.
SECTION 1. The Executive
Department shall consist of a Governor (in whom shall be vested the Supreme
executive power of the State) a Lieutenant Governor, a Secretary of State,
an Auditor, a Treasurer, a Superintendent of Public Works, a Superintendent
of Public Instruction, and an Attorney General, who shall be elected for
a term of four years, by the qualified electors of the State, at the same
time and places, and in t he same manner as members of the General Assembly
are elected. Their term of office shall commence on the first day of January
next, after their election, and continue until their successors are elected
and qualified: Provided, That the officers first elected shall assume the
duties of their offlce ten days after the approval of this Constitution
by the Congress of the United States, and shall hold their offices four
years from and after the first of January, 1869.
SEC. 2. No person shall
be eligible as Governor or Lieutenant Governor, unless he shall have attained
the age of thirty years, shall have been a citizen of the United States
five years, and shall have been a resident of this State for two years
next before the election; nor shall the person elected to either of these
two offices be eligible to the same office more than four years in any
term of eight years unless the office shall have been cast upon him as
Lieutenant Governor or President of the Senate.
SEC. 3. The return of
every election for officers of the Executive Department shall be sealed
up and transmitted to the seat of Government by the returning officers,
directed to the Speaker of the House of Representatives, who shall open
and publish the same in the presence of a majority of the members of both
Houses of the General Assembly. The persons having the highest number of
votes respectively, shall be declared duly elected; but if two or more
be equal and highest in votes for the same office, th en one of them shall
be chosen by joint ballot, of both Houses of the General Assembly. Contested
elections shall be determined by a joint vote of both Houses of the General
Assembly, in such manner as shall be prescribed by law.
SEC. 4. The Governor,
before entering upon the duties of his office, shall, in the presence of
the members of both branches of the General Assembly, or before any Justice
of the Supreme Court, take an oath or affirmation, that he will support
the Constitution and laws of the United States and of the State of North
Carolina, and that he will faithfully perform the duties appertaining to
the office of Governor to which he has been elected.
SEC. 5. The Governor
shall reside at the seat of government of this State, and he shall, from
time to time, give the General Assembly information of the affairs of the
State, and recommend to their consideration such measures as he shall deem
expedient.
SEC. 6. The Governor
shall have power to grant reprieves commutations and pardons, after conviction,
for all offences, (except in cases of impeachment) upon such conditions
as he may think proper, subject to such regulations as may be provided
by law relative to the manner of applying for pardons. He shall annually
communicate to the General Assembly each case of reprieve, commutation,
or pardon granted; stating the name of each convict, the crime for which
he was convicted, the sentence and its date, the date of commutation, pardon,
or reprieve, and the reasons therefore.
SEC. 7. The officers
of the Executive Department and of the Public Institutions of the State,
shall at least five days previous to each regular session of the General
Assembly, severally report to the Governor, who shall transmit such reports,
with his message, to the General Assembly; and the Governor may, at any
time, require information in writing from the officers in the Executive
Department upon any subject relating to the duties of their respective
offices, and shall take care that the laws be faith fully executed.
SEC. 8. The Governor
shall be Commander-in-Chief of the Militia of the State, except when they
shall be called into the service of the United States.
SEC. 9. The Governor
shall have power, on extraordinary occasions, by and with the advice of
the Council of State, to convene the General Assembly in extra session
by his proclamation, stating therein the purpose or purposes for which
they are thus convened.
SEC. 10. The Governor
shall nominate, and by and with the advice and consent of a majority of
the Senators elect, appoint, all officers whose offices are established
by this Constitution, or which shall be created by law, and whose appointments
are not otherwise provided for, and no such officer shall be appointed
or elected by the General Assembly.
SEC. 11. The Lieutenant
Governor shall be President of the Senate, but shall have no vote unless
the Senate be equally divided. He shall, whilst acting as President of
the Senate, receive for his services the same pay which shall for the same
period, be allowed to the Speaker of the House of Representatives, and
he shall receive no other compensation except when he is acting as Governor.
SEC. 12. In case of the
impeachment of the Governor, his failure to qualify, his absence from the
State, his inability to discharge the duties of his office, or in case
the office of Governor shall in any wise become vacant, the powers, duties
and emoluments of the office shall devolve upon the Lieutenant Governor
until the disabilities shall cease, or a new Governor shall be elected
and qualified. In every case in which the Lieutenant Governor shall
be unable to preside over the Senate, the Senators shall elect one of their
own number President of their body; and the powers, duties, and emoluments
of the office of the office of Governor shall devolve upon him whenever
the Lieutenant Governor shall, for any reason, be prevented from discharging
the duties of such office as above provided, and he shall continue as acting
Governor until the disabilities be removed or a new Governor or Lieutenant
Governor shall be elected and qualified. Whenever, during the
recess of the General Assembly, it shall become necessary for a President
of the Senate to administer the government, the Secretary of State shall
convene the Senate, that they may elect such President.
SEC. 13. The respective
duties of the Secretary of State, Auditor, Treasurer, Super intendent of
Public Works, Superintendent of Public Instruction, and Attorney General
shall be prescribed by law. If the office of any of said officers shall
be vacated by death, resignation, or otherwise, it shall be the duty to
the Governor to appoint another until the disability be removed or his
successor be elected and qualified. Every such vacancy shall be filled
by election, at the first general election that occurs more than thirty
days after the vacancy has taken place and the person chosen, shall hold
the office for the remainder of the unexpired term fixed in the first section
of this Article.
SEC. 14. The Secretary
of State, Auditor, Treasurer, Superintendent of Public Works, and Superintendent
of Public Instruction, shall constitute ex officio, the Council of State,
who shall advise the Governor in the execution of his office, and three
of whom shall constitute a quorum; their advice and proceedings in this
capacity shall be entered in a Journal, to be kept for this purpose exclusively,
and signed by the members present, from any part of which any member may
enter his dissent; and such journal shall be placed before the General
Assembly when called for by either House. The Attorney General shall
be, ex officio, the legal adviser of the Executive Department.
SEC. 15. The officers
mentioned in this Article shall, at stated periods, receive for their services
a compensation to be established by law, which shall neither be increased
nor diminished during the time for which they shall have been elected,
and the said officers shall receive no other emolument or allowance whatever.
SEC. 16. There shall
be a seal of the State, which shall be kept by the Governor, and used by
him, as occasion may require, and shall be called "the Great Seal of the
State of North Carolina." All grants and commissions shall be issued in
the name and by the authority of the State of North Carolina, sealed with
"the Great Seal of the State," signed by the Governor and countersigned
by the Secretary of State.
SEC. 17. There shall
be established in the office of Secretary of State, a Bureau of Statistics,
Agriculture and Immigration, under such regulations as the General Assembly
may provide.
Article IV
Judicial Department.
SEC. 1. The distinction
between actions at law and suits in equity, and the forms of all such actions
and suits shall be abolished, and there shall be in this State but one
form of action, for the enforcement or protection of private rights or
the redress of private wrongs which shall be denominated a civil action;
and every action prosecuted by the people of the State as a party, against
a person charged with a public offence, for the punishment of the same,
shall be termed a criminal action. Feigned issues shall be abolished and
the fact at issue tried by order of court before a jury.
SEC. 2. Three Commissioners
shall be appointed by this Convention to report to the General Assembly
at its first session after this Constitution shall be adopted by the people,
rules of practice and procedure in accordance with the provisions of the
foreign section, and the Convention shall provide for the commissioners,
a reasonable compensation
SEC. 3. The same Commissioners
shall also report to the General Assembly as soon as practible, a code
of the law of North Carolina. The Governor shall have power to fill all
vacancies occurring in this Commission.
SEC. 4. The Judicial
power of the State shall be vested in a court for the trial of impeachments,
a Supreme Court, Superior Courts, Courts of Justices of the Peace, and
Special Courts.
SEC. 5. The Court for
the trial of Impeachments shall be the Senate. A majority of the members
shall be necessary to a quorum, and the judgment shall not extend beyond
removal from, and disqualification to hold, office in this State; but the
party shall be liable to indictment and punishment according to law.
SEC. 6. The House of
Representatives solely, shall have the power of impeaching. No person shall
be convicted without the concurrence of two thirds of the Senators present.
When the Governor is impeached the Chief Justice shall preside.
SEC. 7. Treason against
the State shall consist only in levying war against it or adhearing to
its enemies, giving them aid and comfort. No person shall be convicted
of treason unless on the testimony of two witnesses to the same overt act,
or on confession in open court. No conviction of treason or attainder shall
work corruption of blood or forfeiture.
SEC. 8. The Supreme Court
shall consist of a Chief Justice and four Associate Justices.
SEC. 9. There shall be
two terms of the Supreme Court held at the seat of Government of the State
in each year, commencing on the first Monday in January, and first Mon
day in June, and continuing as long as the public interest may require.
SEC. 10. The Supreme
Court shall have jurisdiction to review, upon appeal, any decision of the
courts below, upon any matter of law or legal inference; but no issue of
fact it shall be tried before this court: and the court shall have power
to issue any remedial writs necessary, to give it a general supervision
and control of the inferior courts.
SEC. 11. The Supreme
Court shall have original jurisdiction to hear claims against the State,
but its decisions shall be merely recommendatory: no process in the nature
of execution, shall issue thereon; they shall be reported to the next session
of the General Assembly for its action.
SEC. 12. The State shall
be divided into twelve judicial districts, for each of which a Judge shall
be chosen, who shall hold a Superior Court in each county in said District,
at least twice in each year, to continue for two weeks, unless the business
shall be sooner disposed of.
SEC. 13. Until altered
by law, the following shall be the Judicial Districts:
First District.
Currituck, Perquimans, Hertford, Camden, Chowan, Bertie, Pasquotank, Gates;
Second District. Tyrrell, Beaufort, Edgecombe, Hyde, Martin, Washington,
Pitt; Third District. Craven, Greene, Wayne, Carteret, Onslow,
Wilson, Jones, Lenoir; Fourth District. Brunswick, Columbus,
Robeson, New Hanover, Btaden, Duplin Sampson; Fifth District.
Cumberland, Richmond, Stanly, Harnett, Anson, Union, Moore, Montgomery;
Sixth District. Northampton, Wake, Johnson, Warren, Nash, Halifax, Franklin;
Seventh District. Person, Randolph, Caswell, Orange, Guilford, Rockingham,
Chatham, Alamance; Eighth District. Stokes, Rowan, Surry, Forsyth,
Davie, Davidson, Yadkin; Ninth District. Catawba, Lincoln,
Rutherford, Cabarrus, Gaston, Polk, Mecklenburg; Tenth District.
Iredell, Caldwell, Alexander, Burke, Wilkes, McDowall; Eleventh
District. Alleghany, Mitchell, Buncombe, Ashe, Yancy, Watauga, Madison;
Twelfth District. Henderson, Macon, Cherokee, Transylvania, Jackson, Haywood,
Clay.
SEC. 14. Every Judge
of a Superior Court shall reside in his District while holding his office.
The Judges may exchange districts with each other with the consent of the
Governor and the Governor, for good reasons, which he shall report to the
Legislature at its current or next session, may require any Judge to hold
one or more specified terms of said Courts in lieu of the Judge in whose
district they are.
SEC. 15. The Superior
Courts shall have exclusive original jurisdiction of all civil actions,
whereof exclusive original jurisdiction is not given to some other courts;
and of all criminal actions, in which the punishment may exceed a fine
of fifty dollar s or imprisonment for one month.
SEC. 16. The Superior
Courts shall have appellate jurisdiction of all issues of law or fact,
determined by a Probate Judge or a Justice of the Peace, where the matter
in controversy exceeds twenty-five dollars, and of matters of law in all
cases.
SEC. 17. The Clerks of
the Superior Courts shall have jurisdiction of the probate of deeds, the
granting of letters testamentary and of administration, the appointment
of Guardians, the apprenticing of orphans, to audit the accounts of executors,
administrators and guardians, and of such other matters as shall be prescribed
by law. All issues of fact joined before them shall be transferred
to the Superior Courts for trial, and appeals shall lie to the Superior
Courts from their judgements in all matters of law.
SEC. 18. In all issues
of fact, joined in any court, the parties may waive the right to have the
same determined by jury, in which case the finding of the Judge upon the
facts, shall have the force and effect of a verdict of a jury.
SEC. 19. The General
Assembly shall provide for the establishment of special courts, for the
trial of misdemeanors, in cities and towns, where the same may be necessary.
SEC. 20. The Clerk of
the Supreme Court shall be appointed by the court, and shall hold his office
for eight years.
SEC. 21. A Clerk of the
Superior Court for each county, shall be elected by the qualified voters
thereof, at the time and in the manner prescribed by law, for the election
of members of the General Assembly.
SEC. 22. Clerks of the
Superior Courts shall hold their offices for four years.
SEC. 23. The General
Assembly shall prescribe and regulate the fees, salaries, and emoluments
of all officers provided for in this Article; but the salaries of the Judges
shall not be diminished during their continuance in office.
SEC. 24. The laws of
North Carolina, not repugnant to this Constitution, or to the Constitution
and laws of the United States, shall be ill force until lawfully altered.
SEC. 25. Actions at law,
and suits in equity, pending when this Constitution shall go into effect,
shall be transferred to the courts having jurisdiction thereof, without
prejudice by reason of the change, and all such actions and suits, commenced
before, and pending at, the adoption by the General Assembly, of the rules
of practice and procedure herein provided for, shall be heard and determined,
according to the practice now in use, unless otherwise provided for by
said rules.
SEC. 26. The Justices
of the Supreme Court shall be elected by the qualified voters of the State,
as is provided for the election of members of the General Assembly. They
shall hold their offices for eight years. The Judges of the Superior Courts
shall be elected in like manner, and shall hold their offices for eight
years; but the Judges of the Superior Courts elected at the first election
under this Constitution, shall, after their election, under the superintendance
of the Justices of the Supreme Court be divided by lot into two equal classes,
one of which shall hold office for four years, the other for eight years.
SEC. 27. The General
Assembly may provide by law that the Judges of the Superior Courts, instead
of being elected by the voters of the whole State, as is herein provided
for, shall be elected by the voters of their respective districts.
SEC. 28. The Superior
Courts shall be, at all times, open for the transaction of all business
within their jurisdeition, except the trial of issues of fact requiring
a jury.
SEC. 29. A Solicitor
shall be elected for each judicial district by the qualified voters thereof,
as is prescribed for members of the General Assembly, who shall hold office
for the term of four years, and prosecute on behalf of the State, in all
criminal actions in the Supericr Courts, and advise the officers of justice
in his district.
SEC. 30. In each county
a Sheriff and Coroner, shall be elected by the qualified voters thereof
as is prescribed for members of the General Assembly, and shall hold their
offices for two years. In each township there shall be a Constable, elected
in like manner by the voters thereof, who shall hold his office for two
years. When there is no Coroner in the county, the Clerk of the Superior
Court for the county may appoint one for special cases. In
case of a vacancy existing for any cause, in any of the offices created
by this Section, the Commissioners for the county may appoint to such office
for the unexpired term.
SEC. 31. All vacancies
occurring in the offices provided for by this article of this Constitution,
shall be filled by the appointment of the Governor, unless otherwise provided
for, and the appointees shall hold their places until the next regular
election.
SEC. 32. The officers
elected at the first election held under this Constitution, shall hold
their offices for the terms prescribed for them respectively, next ensuing
after the next regular election for members of the General Assembly.
But their terms shall begin upon the approval of this Constitution by the
Congress of the United States.
SEC. 33. The several
Justices of the Peace shall have exclusive original jurisdiction under
such regulations as the General Assembly shall prescribe, of all civil
actions, founded on contract, wherein the sum demanded shall not exceed
two hundred dollars, and wherein the title to real estate shall not be
in controversy; and of all criminal matters arising within their counties,
where the punishment cannot exceed a fine of fifty dollars, or imprisonment
for one month.
When an issue
of fact shall be joined before a Justice, on demand of either party thereto,
he shall cause a jury of six men to be summoned, who shall try the same.
The party against whom judgement shall be rendered in any civil action,
may appeal to the Superior Court from the same, and, if the judgement shall
exceed twenty-five dollars, there may be a new trial of the whole matter
in the appelate court; but if th e judgement shall be for twenty five dollars
or less, then the case shall be heard in the appelate court, only upon
matters of law. In all cases of a criminal nature, the party
against whom judgement is given may appeal to the Superior Court, where
the matter shall be heard
anew. In all cases brought
before a Justice, he shall make a record of the proceedeings, and file
the same with the Clerk of the Superior Court for his county.
SEC. 34. When the office
of Justice of the Peace shall become vacant, otherwise than by expiration
of the term, and in case of a failure by the voters of any district, to
elect, the Clerk of the Superior Court for the County, shall appoint to
fill the vacancy for the unexpired term.
SEC. 35. In case the
office of Clerk of a Superior Court for a County shall become vacant, otherwise
than by the expiration of the term, and in case of a failure by the people
to elect, the Judge of the Superior Court for the County shall appoint
to fill the vacancy until an election can be regularly held.
Article V.
Revenue and Taxations
SECTION 1. The General
Assembly shall levy a capitation tax on every male inhabitant of the State
over twenty one and under fifty years of age, which shall be equal on each,
to the tax on property valued at three hundred dollars in cash. The Commissioners
of the several counties may exempt from capitation tax in special cases,
on account of poverty and infirmity, and the State and county capitation
tax combined, shall never exceed two dollars on the head.
SEC. 2. The proceeds
of the State and County capitation tax shall be applied to the purposes
of education and the support of the poor, but in no one year shall more
than twenty five per cent, thereof, be appropriated to the latter purpose.
SEC. 3. Laws shall be
passed taxing, by a uniform rule, all monies, credits, investments in bonds,
stocks, joint-stock companies or otherwise; and, also, all real and personal
property, according to its true value in money. The General Assembly may
also tax trades, professions, franchises, and incomes, provided, that no
income shall be taxed when the property from which the income is derived,
is taxed.
SEC. 4. The General Assembly
shall, by appropriate legislation and by adequate taxation, provide for
the prompt and regular payment of the interest on the public debt, and
after the year 1880, it shall lay a specific annual tax upon the real and
personal property of the State, and the sum thus realized shall be set
apart as a sinking fund, to be devoted to the payment of
the public debt.
SEC. 5. Until the Bonds
of the State shall be at par, the General
Assembly shall have
no power to contact any new debt or pecuniary obligation in behalf of the
State, except to supply a casual deficit, or for suppressing invasion or
insurrection, unless it shall in the same bill levy a special tax to pay
the interest annually. And the General Assembly shall have no power to
give or lend the credit of the State in aid of any person, association
or corporation, except to aid in the completion of such Rail Roads as may
be unfinished at the time of the adoption of this Constitution, or in which
the State has a direct pecuniary interest, unless the subject be submitted,
to a direct vote of the people of the State, and be approved by a majority
of those
who shall vote thereon.
SEC. 6. Property belonging
to the State, or to municipal corporations, shall be exempt from taxation.
The General Assembly exempt cemeteries, and property held for educational,
scientific, literary, charitable, or religious purposes; Also, wearing
apparel , Arms for Muster, household and kitchen furniture, the Mechanical
and agricultural implements of Merchants and farmers, libraries and scientific
instruments, to a value not exceeding three hundred dollars.
SEC. 7. The taxes levied
by the commissioners of the several counties, for county purposes, shall
be levied in like manner with the State taxes and shall never exceed the
double of the State tax, except for a special purpose, and with the special
approval of the General Assembly.
SEC. 8. Every act of
the General Assembly, levying a tax, shall state the special object to
which it is to be applied, and it shall be applied to no other purpose.
Article VI
Suffrage and Eligibility
to Office.
SECTION 1. Every male
person born in the United States, and every male person who has been naturalized,
twenty one years old or upward, who shall have resided in this state twelve
months next preceeding the election, and thirty days in the county, in
which he offers to vote, shall be deemed an elector.
SEC. 2. It shall be the
duty of the General Assembly to provide from time to time, for the registration
of all electors, and no person shall be allowed to vote without registration,
or to register, without first taking an oath or affirmation to support
and maintain the Constitution and laws of the United States and the Constitution
and laws of North Carolina, not inconsistent therewith.
SEC. 3. All elections
by the people shall be by ballot and all elections by the General Assembly
shall be viva voce.
SEC. 4. Every voter,
except as hereinafter provided, shall be eligible to office; but before
entering upon the discharge of the duties of his office, he shall take
and subscribe the following oath: "I, , do solemnly swear (or affirm) that
I will support and maintain the Constitution and laws of the United States
and the Constitution and laws of North Carolina not inconsistent there
with, and that I will faithfully discharge the duties of my office. So
help me God."
SEC. 5. The following
classes of persons shall be disqualified for office: First, All persons
who shall deny the being of Almighty God. Second; All persons who shall
have been convicted of treason, perjury or of any other infamous crime,
since becoming citizens of the United States, or of corruption, or malpractice
in office, unless such persons shall have been legally restored to the
rights of citizenship.
Article VII.
Municipal Corporations
SECTION 1. In each county,
there shall be elected, biennially, by the qualified voters thereof, as
provided for the election of members of the General Assembly, the following
officers, a Treasurer, Register of Deeds, Surveyor and five Commissioners.
SEC. 2. It shall be the
duty of the Commissioners to exercise a general supervision and control
of the penal and charitable institutions, schools, roads, bridges, levying
of taxes and finances of the county, as may be prescribed by law. The Register
of Deeds shall be ex officio, Clerk of the Board of Commissioners.
SEC. 3. It shall be the
duty of the Commissioners, first elected in each county, to divide the
same into convenient districts, to determine the boundaries and prescribe
the names of the said districts, and report the same to the General Assembly
before the first day of January, 1869.
SEC. 4. Upon the approval
of the reports provided for in the foregoing section, by the General Assembly,
the said districts shall have corporate powers for the necessary purposes
of local government and shall be known as townships.
SEC. 5. In each township
there shall be biennially elected, by the qualified voters thereof, a Clerk
and two Justices of the Peace, who shall constitute a board of trustees,
and shall, under the supervision of the County Commissioners, have control
of the taxes and finances, roads and bridges of the township as may be
prescribed by law. The General Assembly may provide for the election of
a larger number of Justices of the Peace in cities and towns and in those
townships in which cities and towns and in those townships in which cities
and towns are situated. In every township there shall also be biennially
elected a School Committee consisting of three persons whose duties shall
be
prescribed by law.
SEC. 6. The township
Board of Trustees, shall assess the taxable property of their townships
and make return to the County Commissioners, for revision as may be prescribed
by law. The Clerk shall also be ex officio, Treasurer of the township.
SEC. 7. No county, city,
town or other municipal corporation, shall contract any debt, pledge its
faith, or loan its credit, nor shall any tax be levied or collected by
any officers of the same, except for the necessary expenses thereof, unless
by a vote of a majority of the qualified voters therein.
SEC. 8. No money shall
be drawn from any County or Township Treasury, except by authority of law.
SEC. 9. All taxes levied
by any county, city, town or township, shall be uniform, and ad valorem,
upon all property in the same, except property exempted by this Constitution.
SEC. 10. The county officers
first elected under the provisions of this article shall enter upon their
duties ten days after the approval of this Constitution by the Congress
of the United States.
SEC. 11. The Governor
shall appoint a sufficient number of Justices of the Peace, in each County
who shall hold their places until sections four, five and six of this article
shall have been carried into effect.
SEC. 12. All charters,
ordinances and provisions relating to municipal corporations, shall remain
in force until legally changed, unless inconsistent with the provisions
of this Constitution.
SEC. 13. No county, city,
town or other municipal corporation, shall assume or pay, nor shall any
tax be levied or collected, for the payment of any debt, or the interest
upon any debt, contracted, directly or indirectly, in aid or support of
the rebellion.
Article VIII.
Corporations other than
Municipal
SECTION 1. Corporations
may be formed under general laws, but shall not be created by special act,
except for municipal purposes, and in cases where, in the judgement of
the Legislature, the object of the corporations cannot be attained under
general laws . All general laws and special acts passed pursuant to this
Section, may be altered from time to time or repealed.
SEC. 2. Dues from corporations
shall be secured by such individual liabilities of the corporations and
other means, as may be prescribed by law.
SEC. 3. The term corporation,
as used in this Article, shall be construed to include all associations
and joint stock companies, having any of the powers and privileges of corporations,
not possessed by individuals or partnerships. And all corporations shall
have the right to sue, and shall be subject to be sued, in all courts,
in like cases as natural persons.
SEC. 4. It shall be the
duty of the Legislature to provide for the organization of cities, towns,
and incorporated villages, and to restrict their power of taxation, assessment,
borrowing money, contracting debts, and loaning their credit, so as to
prevent abuses in assessments and in contracting debts, by such municipal
corporation.
Article IX
SECTION 1. Religion,
morality, and knowledge being necessary to good government and happiness
of mankind, schools, and the means of education, shall forever be encouraged.
SEC. 2. The General Assembly
at its first session under this Constitution, shall provide by taxation
and otherwise for a general and uniform system of Public Schools, wherein
tuition shall be free of charge to all the children of the State between
the ages of six and twenty-one years.
SEC. 3. Each County of
the State shall be divided into a convenient number of Districts, in which
one or more Public Schools shall be maintained, at least four months in
every year; and if the Commissioners of any County shall fail to comply
with the afore said requirement of this section, they shall be liable to
indictment.
SEC. 4. The proceeds
of all lands that have been, or hereafter may be, granted by the United
States to this State and not otherwise specially appropriated by the United
States or heretofore by this State; also all monies, stocks, bonds, and
other property now belonging to any fund for purposes of Education; also
the net proceeds that may accrue to the State from sales of estrays or
from fines, penalties and forfeitures; also the proceeds of all sales of
the swamp lands belonging to the State; also all money that shall be paid
as an equivalent for exemptions from military duty; also, all grants, gifts
or devises that may hereafter be made to this State, and not otherwise
appropriated by the grant, gift or devise, shall be securely invested,
and sacredly preserved as an irreducible educational fund, the annual
income of which, together with so much of the ordinary revenue of the State
as may be necessary, shall be faithfully appropriated for establishing
and perfecting, in this State, a system of Free Public Schools, and for
no other purposes or uses whatsoever.
SEC. 5. The University
of North Carolina with its lands, emoluments and franchises, is under the
Control of the State, and shall be held to an inseparable connection with
the Free Public School System of the State.
SEC. 6. The General Assembly
shall provide that the benefits of the University, as far as practicable,
be extended to the youth of the State free of expense for tuition; also,
that all the property which has heretofore accrued to the State, or shall
thereafter accrue from escheats, unclaimed dividends or distributive shares
of the estates of deceased persons, shall be appropriated to the use of
the University.
SEC. 7. The Governor,
Lieutenant-Governor, Secretary of State, Treasurer, Auditor, Superintendent
of Public Works, Superintendent of Public Instruction and Attorney General,
shall constitute a State Board of Education.
SEC. 8. The Governor
shall be President, and the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall
be Secretary, of the Board of Education.
SEC. 9. The Board of
Education shall succeed to all the powers and trusts of the President and
directors of the Literary Fund of North Carolina, and shall have full power
to legislate and make all needful rules and regulations in relation to
Free Public Schools, and the Educational fund of the State; but all acts,
rules and regulations of said Board may be altered, amended, or repealed
by the General Assembly, and when so altered, amended or repealed by the
General Assembly, and when so altered, amended or repealed they shall not
be reenacted by the Board.
SEC. 10. The first session
of the Board of Education shall be held at the Capital of the State, within
fifteen days after the organization of the State Government under this
Constitution; the time of future meetings may be determined by the Board.
SEC. 11. A majority of
the Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.
SEC. 12. The contingent
expenses of the Board shall be provided for by the General Assembly.
SEC. 13 The Board of
Education shall elect Trustees for the University, as follows: One trustee
for each County in the State, whose term of office shall be eight years.
The first meeting of the Board shall be held within ten days after their
election, and at this and every subsequent meeting, ten Trustees shall
constitute a quorum. The Trustees, at their first meeting, shall be divided,
as equally as may be, into four classes. The seats of the first class shall
be vacated at the expiration of two years; of the second class at the expiration
of four years; of the third class at the expiration of six years; of the
fourth class at the expiration of eight years; so that one fourth may be
chosen every second year.
SEC. 14. The Board of
Education and the President of the University, shall be ex officio members
of the Board of Trustees of the University; and shall, with three other
Trustees to be appointed by the Board of Trustees, constitute the Executive
Committee of the Trustees of the University of North Carolina, and shall
be clothed with the powers delegated to the Executive Committee under the
existing organization of the Institution. The Governor shall be ex ogeio
President of the Board of Trustees and Chair man of the Executive Committee
of the University. The Board of Education shall provide for the more perfect
organization of the Board of Trustees.
SEC. 15. All the privileges,
rights, franchises and endowments heretofore granted to, or conferred upon,
the Board of Trustees of the University of North Carolina by the Charter
of 1789, or by any subsequent legislation, are hereby vested in the Board
of Trustees, authorized by this Constitution, for the perpetual benefit
of the University.
SEC. 16. As soon as practicable
after the adoption of this Constitution, the General Assembly shall establish
and maintain, in connection with the University, a Department of Agriculture,
of Mechanics, of Mining and of Normal Instruction.
SEC. 17. The General
Assembly is hereby empowered to enact that every child of sufficient mental
and physical ability, shall attend the Public Schools during the period
between the ages of six and eighteen years, for a term of not less than
sixteen months, unless educated by other means.
Article X.
Homesteads and Exemptions
SECTION 1. The personal
property of any resident of this State, to the value of five hundred dollars,
to be selected by such resident, shall be, and is hereby exempted, from
sale under execution, or other final process of any court, issued for the
collect ion of any debt.
SEC. 2. Every Homestead
and the dwelling and buildings used therewith, not exceeding in value one
thousand dollars, to be selected by the owner thereof, or in lieu thereof,
at the option of the owner, any lot in a city, town or village, with the
dwelling and buildings used thereon, owned and occupied by any resident
of this State, and not exceeding the value of one thousand dollars, shall
be exempted from sale under execution, or other final process, obtained
on any debt. But no property shall be exempt from sale for taxes or for
payment of obligations contracted for the purchase of said premises.
SEC. 3. The Homestead,
after the death of the owner thereof, shall be exempt from the payment
of any debt, during the minority of his children, or any one of them.
SEC. 4. The provisions
of section one and two of this Article shall not be so construed as to
prevent a laborer's lien for work done and performed for the person claiming
such exemption, or a mechanic's lien for work done on the premises.
SEC. 5. If the owner
of a Homestead die, leaving a widow, but no children the same shall be
exempt from the debts of her husband, and the rents and profits thereof
shall in sure to her benefit, during her widowhood, unless she be the owner
of a Homestead, in her own right.
SEC. 6. The real personal
property of any female in this State, acquired before marriage, and all
property, real and personal, to which she may after marriage, become in
any manner entitled, shall be and remain, the sole and separate estate
and property of such female, and shall not be liable for any debts, obligations
or engagements of her husband, and may be devised, or requeathed, and,
with the written assent of her husband, convey ed, by her, as if she were
unmarried.
SEC. 7. The husband may
insure his own life for the sole use and benefit of his wife and children,
and in case of the death of the husband, the amount thus insured, shall
be paid over to the wife and children, or the guardian, if under age, for
her, or their own use, free from all the claims of the representatives
of the husband, or any of his creditors.
SEC. 8. Nothing contained
in the foregoing sections of this Article shall operate to prevent the
owner of a Homestead from disposing of the same by deed; but no deed made
by the owner of a Homestead shall be valid without the voluntary signature
and assent of his wife, signified on her private examination according
to law.
Article XI.
Punishments, Penal Institutions
and Public Charities.
SECTION 1. The following
punishments only, shall be known to the laws of this State, viz: death,
imprisonment, with, or without hard labor, fines, removal from office,
and dis-qualification to hold and enjoy any office of honor, trust, or
profit, under this State.
SEC. 2. The object
of punishments, being not only to satisfy justice, but also to reform and
offender, and thru prevent crime, murder, arson, burglary, and rape, and
these only, may be punishable with death, if the General Assembly shall
so enact.
SEC. 3. The General
Assembly shall, at its first meeting, make provision for the erection and
conduct of a States' Prison or Penitentiary at some central and accessible
point with the State.
SEC. 4. The General Assembly
may provide for the erection of Houses of Correction, where vagrants and
persons guilty of misdemeanors shall be restrained and usefully employed.
SEC. 5. A House or Houses
of Refuge may be established, whenever the public interest may require
it, for the correction and instruction of other classes of offenders.
SEC. 6. It shall be required,
by competent legislation, that the structure and superintendence of penal
institutions of the State, the county jails, and city police prisons, secure
the health and comfort of the prisoners, and that male and female prisoners
be never confined in the same room or cell.
SEC. 7. Beneficient provision
for the poor, the unfortunate and orphan, being one of the first duties
of a civilized and a Christian State, The General Assembly shall, at its
first session, appoint and define the duties of a Board of Public Charities,
to whom shall be intrusted the supervision of all charitable and penal
State institutions, and who shall annually report to the Governor upon
their condition, with suggestions for their improvement.
SEC. 8. There shall also,
as soon as practicable, be measures devised by the State, for the establishment
of one or more Orphan Houses, where destitute orphans may be cared for,
educated and taught some business or trade.
SEC. 9. It shall be the
duty of the Legislature, as soon as practicable, to devise means for the
education of idiots and,inebriates.
SEC. 10. The General
Assembly shall provide that all the deaf mutes, the blind, and the insane
of the State, shall be cared for at the charge of the State.
SEC. 11. It shall be
steadily kept in view by the Legislature, and the Board of Public Charities,
that all penal and charitable institutions should be made as nearly self-supporting
as is consistent with the purposes of their creations.
Article XII
Militia
SECTION 1. All able bodied
male citizens of the State of North-Carolina, between the ages of twenty-one
and forty years, who are citizens of the United States, shall be liable
to duty in the Militia, Provided, That all persons who may be adverse to
bearing arms, from religious scruples, shall be exempt therefrom.
SEC. 2. The General Assembly
shall provide for the organizing, arming, equipping and discipline of the
Militia, and for paying the same when called into active service.
SEC. 3. The Governor
shall be Commander-in-Chief, and have power to call out the Militia to
execute the law, suppress riots or insurrection, and to repel invasion.
SEC. 4. The General Assembly
shall have power to make suche exemptions as may be deemed necessary, and
to enact laws that may be expedient for the government of the Militia.
Article XIII
Amendments
SECTION 1. No Convention
of the people shall be called by the General Assembly unless by the concurrence
of two-thirds of all the members of each House of the General Assembly.
SEC. 2. No part of the
Constitution of this State shall be altered, unless a bill to alter the
same shall have been read three times in each House of the General Assembly
and agreed to by three-fifths of the whole number of members of each House,
respectively; nor shall any alteration take place until the bill, so agreed
to, shall have been published six months previous to a new election of
members to the General Assembly. If, after such publication, the
alteration proposed by the preceding General Assembly shall be agreed to,
in the first session thereafter, by two-thirds of the whole representation
in each House of the General Assembly, after the same shall have been read
three times on three several days in each House, then the said General
Assembly shall prescribe a mode by which the amendment or amendments may
be submitted to the qualified voters of the House of Representatives throughout
the State; and if, upon comparing the votes given in the whole State, it
shall appear that a majority of the voters voting thereon have approved
thereof, then, and not otherwise, the same shall become part of the
Constitution.
Article XIV
Miscellaneous
SECTION 1. All indictments
which shall have been found, or may hereafter be found, for any crime or
offence committed before the Constitution takes effect, may be preceeded
upon in the proper courts, but no punishment shall be inflicted, which
is forbidden by this Constitution.
SEC. 2. No person who
shall hereafter fight a duel, or assist in the same as a second, or send,
accept, or knowingly carry a challenge therefor, or agree to go out of
this State to fight a duel, shall hold any office in this State.
SEC. 3. No money shall
be drawn from the Treasury but in consequence of made by law, and an accurate
account of the receipts and expenditures of the public money shall be annually
published.
SEC. 4. The General Assembly
shall provide, by proper legislation, for giving to mechanics and laborers
an adequate lien on the subject matter of their labor.
SEC. 5. In the absence
of any contrary provision, all officers in this State, whether heretofore
elected, or appointed by the Governor, shall hold their positions only
until other appointments are made by the Governor, or, if the officers
are elective, until their successors shall have been chosen and duly qualified,
according to the provisions of this Constitution.
SEC. 6. The seat of government
in this State shall remain at the city of Raleigh.
SEC. 7. No person shall
hold more than one lucrative office under the State at the same time; Provided,
That officers in the Militia, Justices of the Peace, Commissioners of Public
Charities and Commissioners appointed for special purposes, shall not be
considered officers within the meaning of this section.
Done at Convention at
Raleigh, the sixteenth day of March in the year of our Lord, a thousand
eight hundred and sixty eight, and of the Independence of the United States,
the ninety second.
AMENDMENTS
AMENDMENT OF 1789
AN ORDINANCE TO ENABLE
THE FREEMAN OF THE TOWN OF FAYETTEVILLE TO
SELECT A MEMBER TO REPRESENT
SAID TOWN ON THE SAME TERMS WITH THE
OTHER TOWNS IN THE STATE.
AMENDMENTS OF 1835
Article I.
Section 1.
1. The senate of this
State shall consist of fifty representatives, biennially chosen by ballot,
and to be elected by districts; which districts shall be laid off by the
general assembly, at its first session after the year one thousand eight
hundred and forty-one; and afterwards, at its first session after the year
one thousand eight hundred and fifty-one; and then every twenty years thereafter,
in proportion to the public taxes paid into the treasury of the State,
by the citizens thereof; and the average of the public taxes paid by each
county into the treasury of the State, for the five years preceding the
laying off of the districts, shall be considered as its proportion of the
public taxes, and constitute the basis of apportionment: Provided that
no county shall be divided in the formation of a senatorial district. And
when there are one or more counties having an excess of taxation above
the ratio to form a senatorial district, adjoining a county or counties
deficient in such ratio, the excess or excesses aforesaid shall be added
to the taxation of the county or counties deficient; and if, with such
addition, the county or counties receiving it shall have the requisite
ratio, such county and counties each shall constitute a senatorial district.
2. The house of commons
shall be composed of one hundred and twenty representatives, biennially
chosen by ballot, to be elected by counties according to their federal
population, that is, according to their respective numbers, which shall
be determined by adding to the whole number of free persons, including
those bound to service for a term of years, and excluding Indians not taxed,
three-fifths of all other persons; and each county shall have at least
one member in the house of commons, although it may not contain the requisite
ratio of population.
3. This apportionment
shall be made by the general assembly, at the respective times and periods
when the districts for the senate are hereinbefore directed to be laid
off; and the said apportionment shall be made according to an enumeration
to be ordered by the general assembly, or according to the census which
may be taken by order of congress, next preceding the making such apportionment.
4. In making the apportionment
in the House of Commons, the ratio of representation shall be ascertained
by dividing the amount of federal population in the State, after de ducting
that comprehended within those counties which do not severally contain
the one hundred and twentieth part of the entire federal population aforesaid,
by the number of representatives less than the number assigned to the said
counties. To each county containing the said ratio, and not twice the said
ratio, there shall be assigned one representative; to each county containing
twice, but not three times the said ratio, there shall be as signed two
representatives, and so on progressively; and then the remaining representatives
shall be assigned severally to the counties having the largest fractions.
Section 2.
1. Until the first
session of the general assembly, which shall be had after the year eighteen
hundred and forty-one, the senate shall be composed of members to be elected
from the several districts hereinafter named, that is to say, the first
district shall consist of the counties of Perquimans and Pasquotank; the
2nd district of Camden and Currituck; the 3rd district, Gates and Chowan;
the 4th district, Washington and Tyrrell; the 5th district, Northampton;
the 6th district, Hertford; the 7th district, Bertie; the 8th district,
Martin; the 9th district, Halifax; the 10th district, Nash; the 11th
district, Wake; the 12th district, Franklin; the 13th district, Johnston;
the 14th district, Warren; the 15th district, Edgecombe; the 16th district,
Wayne; the 17th district, Greene and Lenoir; the 18th district, Pitt; the
19th district, Beaufort and Hyde; the 20th district, Carteret and Jones;
the 21st district, Craven; the 22d district, Chatham; the 23d district,
Granville; the 24th district, Person; the 25th district, Cumberland; the
26th district, Sampson; the 27th district, New Hanover; the 28th district,
Duplin; the 29th district, Onslow; the 30th district, Bruns wick, Bladen,
and Columbus; the 31st district, Robeson and Richmond; the 32d district,
An son; the 33d district, Cabarrus; the 34th district, Moore and Montgomery;
the 35th district, Caswell; the 36th district, Rockingham; the 37th district,
Orange; the 38th district, Randolph; the 39th district, Guilford; the 40th
district, Stokes; the 41st district, Rowan; the 42d district, Davidson;
the 43d district, Surry; the 44th district, Wilkes and Ashe; the 45th district,
Burke and Yancey; the 46th district, Lincoln; the 47th district, Iredell;
the 48th district, Rutherford; the 49th district, Buncombe, Haywood and
Macon; the 50th district, Mecklenburg:-each district to be entitled to
one senator.
2. Until the first
session of the general assembly after the year eighteen hundred and forty-one,
the house of commons shall be composed of members elected from the counties
in the following manner, viz.: The counties of Lincoln and Orange shall
elect four members each. The counties of Burke, Chatham, Granville, Guilford,
Halifax, Iredell, Mecklenburg, Rowan, Rutherford, Surry, Stokes, and Wake
shall elect three members each. The counties of Anson, Beaufort, Bertie,
Buncombe, Cumberland, Craven, Caswell, Davidson, Duplin, Edgecombe, Franklin,
Johnston, Montgomery, New Hanover, Northampton, Person, Pitt, Randolph,
Robeson, Richmond, Rockingham,
Sampson Warren, Wayne, and Wilkes shall elect two members each. The counties
of Ashe, Bladen, Brunswick, Camden, Columbus, Chowan, Currituck, Carteret,
Cabarrus, Gates, Greene, Haywood, Hertford, Hyde, Jones, Lenoir, Macon,
Moore, Martin, Nash, Onslow, Pasquotank, Perquimans, Tyrrell, Washington,
and Yancey shall elect one member each.
Section 3
1. Each member
of the senate shall have usually resided in the district for which he is
chosen for one year immediately preceding his election, and for the same
time shall have possessed and continued to possess in the district which
he represents, not less than three hundred acres of land in fee.
2. All free men of the
age of twenty-one years (except as is hereinafter declared), who have been
inhabitants of any one district within the State twelve months immediately
preceding the day of any election, and possessed of a freehold within the
same district of fifty acres of land, for six months next before and at
the day of election, shall be entitled to vote for a member of the senate.
3. No free Negro, free
mulatto, or free person of mixed blood, descended from Negro ancestors
to the fourth generation inclusive (though one ancestor of each generation
may have been a white person) shall vote for members of the senate or house
of commons.
Section 4.
1. In the election of
all officers, whose appointment is conferred on the general assembly by
the constitution, the vote shall be viva voce.
2. The general assembly
shall have power to pass laws regulating the mode of appointing and removing
militia officers.
3. The general assembly
shall have power to pass general laws regulating divorce and alimony, but
shall not have power to grant a divorce or secure alimony in any individual
case.
4. The general assembly
shall not have power to pass any private law to alter the name of any person,
or to legitimate any persons not born in lawful wedlock, or to restore
to the rights of citizenship any person convicted of an infamous crime;
but shall have power to pass general laws regulating the same.
5 The general assembly
shall not pass any private law, unless it shall be made to appear that
thirty days' notice of application to pass such law shall have been given,
under such directions and in such manner as shall be provided by law.
6. If vacancies shall
occur by death, resignation or otherwise, before the meeting of the general
assembly, writs may be issued by the governor, under such regulations as
may be prescribed by law.
7. The general assembly
shall meet biennially, and at each biennial session shall elect, by joint
vote of the two houses, a secretary of state, treasurer and council of
state, who shall continue in office for the term of two years.
Article II.
1. The governor shall
be chosen by the qualified voters for the members of the house of commons,
at such time and places as members of the general assembly are elected.
2. He shall hold his
office for the term of two years from the time of his installation, and
until another shall be elected and qualified; but he shall not be eligible
more than four years in any term of six years.
3. The returns
of every election for governor shall be sealed up and transmitted to the
seat of government, by the returning officers, directed to the speaker
of the senate, who shall open and publish them in the presence of a majority
of the members of both houses of the general assembly. The person having
the highest number of votes shall be governor; but if two or more shall
be equal and highest in votes, one of them shall be chosen governor by
joint vote of both houses of the general assembly.
4. Contested elections
for governor shall be determined by both houses of the general assembly,
in such manner as shall be prescribed by law.
5. The governor-elect
shall enter on the duties of the office on the first day of January next
after his election, having previously taken the oaths of office in the
presence of the members of both branches of the general assembly, or before
the chief justice of the supreme court, who, in case the governor-elect
should be prevented from attendance before the general assembly, by sickness
or other unavoidable cause, is authorized to administer the same.
Article III.
Section 1.
1. The governor,
judges of the supreme court, and judges of the superior courts, and all
other officers of this State (except justices of the peace and militia
officers), may be impeached for wilfully violating any article of the constitution,
maladministration, or corruption.
2. Judgment, in cases
of impeachment, shall not extend further than to remove from office and
disqualification to hold and enjoy any office of honor, trust, or profit
under this State; but the party convicted may nevertheless be liable to
indictment, trial, judgment, and punishment, according to law.
3. The House of
Commons shall have the sole power of impeachment. The senate shall have
the sole power to try all impeachments. No person shall be convicted upon
any impeachment, unless two-thirds of the senators present shall concur
in such conviction; and before the trial of any impeachment, the members
of the senate shall take an oath or affirmation truly and impartially to
try and determine the charge in question, according to evidence.
Section 2.
1. Any judge of
the Supreme Court, or of the superior courts, may be removed from office
for mental or physical inability, upon a concurrent resolution of two-thirds
of both branches of the general assembly. The judge, against whom the legislature
may be about to proceed, shall receive notice thereof, accompanied by a
copy of the causes alleged for his removal, at least twenty days before
the day on which either branch of the general assembly shall act thereon.
The salaries of the judges
of the supreme court, or of the superior courts, shall not be diminished
during their continuance in office.
Section 3.
Upon the conviction of
any justice of the peace of any infamous crime, or of corruption or malpractice
in office, the commission of such justice shall be thereby vacated, and
he shall be forever disqualified from holding such appointment.
Section 4.
The general assembly
at its first session after the year one thousand eight hundred and thirty-nine,
and from time to time thereafter, shall appoint an attorney-general, who
shall be commissioned by the governor, and shall hold his office for the
term of four years; but if the general assembly should hereafter extend
the term during which solicitors of the State shall hold their offices,
then they shall have power to extend the term of office of the attorney-general
to the same period.
Article IV
Section 1.
l. No convention of the
people shall be called by the general assembly, unless by the concurrence
of two-thirds of all the members of each house of the general assembly.
2. No part of the constitution
of this State shall be altered, unless a bill to alter the same shall have
been read three times in each house of the general assembly, and agreed
to by three-fifths of the whole number of members of each house respectively;
nor shall any alteration take place until the bill so agreed to shall have
been published six months previous to a new election of members to the
general assembly. If, after such publication, the alteration proposed by
the preceding general assembly shall be agreed to in the first session
thereafter, by
two-thirds of the whole
representation in each house of the general assembly, after the same shall
have been read three times on three several days, in each house, then the
said general assembly shall prescribe a mode by which the amendment or
amendments may be submitted to the qualified voters of the house of commons
throughout the State; and if, upon comparing the votes given in the whole
State, it shall appear that a majority of the voters have approve d thereof,
then, and not otherwise, the same bill become a part of the constitution.
Section 2.
The thirty-second section
of the constitution shall be amended to read as follows: No person who
shall deny the being of God, or the truth of the Christian religion, or
the divine authority of the Old or New Testament, or who shall hold religious
principles incompatible with the freedom or safety of the State, shall
be capable of holding any office or place of trust or profit in the civil
department within this State.
Section 3.
1. Capitation tax
shall be equal throughout the State, upon all individuals subject to the
same.
2. All free males
over the age of twenty-one years, and under the age of forty-five years,
and all slaves over the age of twelve years, and under the age of fifty
years, shall be subject to capitation tax, and no other person shall be
subject to such tax: Provided, that nothing herein contained shall prevent
exemptions of taxable polls, as heretofore prescribed by law, in cases
of bodily infirmity.
Section 4.
No person who shall
hold any office or place of trust or profit under the United States, or
any department thereof, or under this State, or any other State government,
shall hold or exercise any other office or place of trust or profit under
the authority of this State, or be eligible to a seat in either house of
the general assembly: Provided, that nothing here-in contained shall extend
to officers in the militia or justices of the peace.
Ratified in convention,
this eleventh day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred
and thirty-five.
NATHANIEL MACON,
President.
EDMUND B. FREEMAN,
Secretary.
JOSEPH D. WARD,
Asst. Secty.
AMENDMENT OF 1857
Every free white
man of the age of twenty-one years, being a native or naturalized citizen
of the United States and who has been an inhabitant of the State for twelve
months immediately preceding the day of any election, and shall have paid
public taxes, shall be entitled to vote for a member of the senate for
the district in which he resides.
AMENDMENTS OF 1861-62
I. AN ORDINANCE TO DISSOLVE
THE UNION BETWEEN THE STATE OF NORTH
CAROLINA AND THE OTHER
STATES UNITED WITH HER UNIXER THE COMPACT
OF GOVERNMENT ENTITLED
THE CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES.
We, the people of the
State of North Carolina in Convention assembled, do declare and ordain,
and it is hereby declared and ordained, that the ordinance adopted by the
State of North Carolina, in the Convention of 1789, whereby the Constitution
of the United States was ratified and adopted, and also, all acts and parts
of acts of the General Assembly, ratifying and adopting amendments to the
said Constitution, are hereby repealed, rescinded and abrogated.
We do further declare
and ordain, that the Union now subsisting between the State of North Carolina
and the other States, under the title of the United States of America,
is hereby dissolved, and that the State of North Carolina is in the full
possession of exercise of all those rights of sovereignty which belong
and appertain to a free and independent State.
Passed, 20th day of May
1861.
II. AN ORDINANCE DEFINING
TREASON AGAINST THE STATE.
Be it ordained by this
Convention, and it is hereby ordained by the authority of the same as follows:-
Treason against the State
of North Carolina, shall consist only in levying War against her, or in
adhering to her enemies; giving them aid and comfort. No person shall be
convicted of Treason, unless on the Testimony of two witnesses to the same
over act, or on confession in open Court.
Read three times and
passed 18th June 1861.
III. AN ORDINANCE TO
RATIFY THE CONSTITUTION OF THE PROVISIONAL GOVERNMENT OF THE CONFEDERATE
STATES OF AMERICA.
We the people of North
Carolina, in Convention assembled, do declare and ordain, and it is hereby
declared and ordained,
That the State of North
Carolina does hereby assent to and ratify
the Constitution for
the Provisional Government of the Confederate States of America, adopted
at Montgomery, in the State of Alabama, on the 8th day of February, A.
D. 1861, by the Convention of Delegates from the States of South Carolina,
Georgia, Florida, Alabama, Mississippi and Louisiana, and that North Carolina
will enter into the Federal Association of States upon the terms therein
proposed when admitted by the Congress or any Competent authority of the
Confederate States.
Done at Raleigh, the
twentieth day of May 1861.
IV. AN ORDINANCE TO RATIFY
THE CONSTITUTION OF THE CONFEDERATE
STATES OF AMERICA.
Whereas, on the eleventh
day of March, A. D. 1861, at Montgomery, in the State of Alabama, a Constitution
was adopted, by a Congress of delegates from the States of Alabama, Florida,
Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, South Carolina, and Texas, united under
the name of the Confederate States of America, which Constitution hath
been ratified by each of the said states:
Now, therefore, this
convention, having seen and considered the said Constitution, doth, in
behalf of the people of the State of North Carolina, adopt and ratify the
said Constitution and form of Government, the tenor of which appears in
a schedule hereto annexed:
Read three times and
passed, 6th June 1861.
V. AN ORDINANCE TO AMEND
THE 4TH SECTION OF THE 4TH ARTICLE OF
THE AMENDMENTS TO THE
CONSTITUTION.
Be it Ordained by this
Convention of the people, and it is hereby ordained by the authority of
the same, That the fourth Section of the fourth Article of the amendments
to the Constitution, proposed and ratified in the year eighteen hundred
and thirty-five, be amended by striking out the word "United" and inserting
in lieu thereof, the word "Confederate" before the word "States".
Read three times and
passed, 20th June 1861.
VI. AN ORDINANCE IN RELATION
TO TAXATION.
SECTION 1. Be it ordained,
That the third Section of the fourth article of the amendments of the Constitution
be and the same if hereby annulled.
SEC. 2. Be it further
ordained, That all free males over the age of twenty-one years and under
the age of forty-five years shall be subject to a Capitation tax, not less
than the tax laid on land of the value of three hundred dollars, and no
other free person nor slave, shall be liable to such taxation; and also,
land and slaves shall be taxed according to their value, and the tax on
slaves shall be as much but not more than that on land, according to their
respective values; but the tax on slaves may be laid on their general average
value in the State or on their values in classes in respect to age, sex,
and other distinctive properties, in the discretion of the General Assembly;
and the value be assessed in such modes as may be prescribed by law: Provided,
That nothing herein contained shall prevent the exemption from taxation
of soldiers in the public service, or of free males or slaves in cases
of bodily or mental infirmity, or of such real estate as hath hitherto
been exempted by law.
Read three times and
passed 25th June 1861.
VII. AN ORDINANCE TO
SECURE TO CERTAIN OFFICERS AND SOLDIERS THE
RIGHT TO VOTE.
SECTION 1. Be it ordained
by this convention and it is hereby ordained by authority of the same,
That all officers and soldiers in the service of the State or of the Confederate
States, who are of the age of twenty-one years and who are citizens of
this State, or who, if within the State, shall be absent from their respective
counties, at elections hereafter to be held, if the exigencies of the times
shall permit, shall be entitled to vote for Sheriffs, Clerks of the County
and Superior Courts, our members of the General Assembly for their respective
Counties; and shall, also, be entitled to vote for Governor, Electors for
President and Vice President of the Confederate States, and for members
of the Confederate Congress for their respective districts.
SEC. 2. Be it further
ordained, That three freeholders of the respective Companies, under the
direction of the Commanding Officers of the regiments, to which they belong,
shall open polls on Thursday before the day appointed for holding elections
in this State, and said elections shall be conducted in all respects according
to the laws of this State. The three freeholders aforesaid, shall prepare
a fair copy of the votes polled, and shall transmit the same with the list
of voters to the Sheriffs of their respective counties; and where Officers
and Soldiers in the same Companies, shall vote in different Counties
or different Congressional
districts the said free holders shall specify accordingly, and make returns
to the Sheriffs of the different Counties above referred to.
SEC. 3. Be it further
ordained, That the Sheriffs of the respective Counties of this State shall
count the votes of the said officers and soldiers, if received within seven
days after the elections; and they shall not declare the result of the
said elections until the seven days above mentioned, shall have expired.
SEC. 4. Be it further
ordained that this ordinance shall be in force from and after the day of
its ratification; provided this ordinance shall be in force during the
existence of the present war with the United States, and no longer.
Read three times
and passed, June 15th 1861.
AN ORDINANCE TO
AMEND AN ORDINANCE ENTITLED"AN ORDINANCE TO SE CURE TO CERTAIN OFFICERS
AND SOLDIERS THE RIGHT TO VOTE.
SECTION 1. Be it
ordained by the Delegates of the people of North Carolina in Convention
assembled, and it is hereby ordained by the authority of the same, That
the proper returning officers of every County in this State shall include
in their returns the votes of officers and soldiers given in any election
in which they may be entitled to vote by Law, if received within twenty
days after they are cast, and the said returning officers shall not make
up their returns and declare the result of said elections until the expiration
of twenty days as aforesaid.
SEC. 2. Be it further
ordained, That the proper returning officer of every County shall, within
eight days after the period fixed for comparing the returns, transmit to
the seat of government and deliver to the proper officer a statement of
votes given in his county for Governor, which statement shall be made in
the manner and form now required by law.
SEC. 3. Be it further
ordained, That the Governor be directed to make known by proclamation the
provisions of the ordinance securing to officers and soldiers the right
to vote. Passed and ratified in open Convention the 8 day of May
A. D. 1862.
VIII. AN ORDINANCE
TO PROVIDE FOR AMENDING THE FORTY-SIXTH SECTION OF THE CONSTITUTION OF
THIS STATE, IN REGARD TO TAKING THE YEAS AND NAYS IN EITHER HOUSE OF THE
GENERAL ASSEMBLY.
Be it ordained
by the Delegates of the people of North Carolina in Convention assembled
and it is hereby ordained by the authority of the same; That the forty-sixth
section of the Constitution of this State be so amended as to insert, after
the word "seconded" in the fourth line of said section, the words "by one-fifth
of the members present."
Read three times
and ratified in open Convention, the sixth day of December A. D.
1861.
IX. AN ORDINANCE
TO AMEND THE SECOND SECTION OF THE FOURTH
ARTICLE OF THE AMENDMENTS
TO THE CONSTITUTION.
Be it ordained
by the Delegates of the people of North Carolina in Convention assembled,
and it is hereby ordained by the authority of the same, That the second
section of the fourth article of the amendments to the Constitution shall
be amended to read as follows:
"No person who shall
deny the being of God, or the divine authority of both the Old and New
Testiments, or who shall hold religious opinions incompatible with the
freedom or safety of the State, shall be capable of holding any office
or place of trust or profit in the civil department of this State."
Read three times and
ratified in open Convention, the sixth day of December A. D. 1861.
X. AN ORDINANCE
IN RELATION TO ELECTORS OF THE SENATE.
Be it ordained
by the Delegates of the people of North Carolina in Convention assembled
and it is hereby ordained by the authority of the same, That every free
white man, of the age of twenty one years, being a native or naturalized
citizen of the Confederate States, who has been an inhabitant of the state
for twelve months, and of the district in which he proposes to vote six
months next before the day of any election, and shall have paid public
taxes, shall be entitled to vote for a member of the Senate for the district
in which he resides.
Passed and ratified in
open Convention on the 10th day of May A. D. 1862.
XI. AN ORDIANCE
CONCERNING THE ELECTION OF GOVERNOR.
Whereas, By the
construction which, in practice, has been given to the constitution of
the State, the Speaker of the Senate, in case of a vacancy in the office
of the Governor, shall exercise the powers of Governor by virtue of his
office as Speaker, and without vacating the same, which said office of
Speaker must cease and determine with that of the incumbent as a Senator,
upon the election of his successor in the next section, a vacancy will
take place in the office of Governor from and after the day of the next
election on the first Thursday in August next until the first day of January,
A. D. 1863, against which it is the duty of this Convention to provide,
Therefore,
SECTION 1. Be it
ordained by the Delegates of the people of North Carolina in Convention
assembled, and it is hereby ordained by the authority of the same; That
the person who shall be elected Governor of this State at the next regular
election on the first Thursday in August next, as now provided for by Law,
shall also fill the office and discharge the duties of Governor of this
State from the second Monday of September until his successor shall be
qualified.
SEC. 2. Be it further
ordained, That the proper returning officers of every county shall, as
soon as the result of the election is known in his county, transmit to
the Secretary of State a statement of the votes taken in his county for
Governor, which statement shall be made up from the poll books of his county,
as is now prescribed by law.
SEC. 3. Be it
further ordained, That the Secretary of State, the Treasurer and Comptroller,
shall, on the fourth Thursday in August next, in the presence of the Governor,
proceed to examine said returns, and ascertain and declare what person
shall have received the greatest number of votes, where upon the Governor
shall issue his proclamation, declaring such person duly elected Governor
of this State from the second Monday of September, A. D. 1862, until his
successor shall be qualified.
SEC. 4. Be it further
ordained, That the person so declared and proclaimed Governor, as aforesaid,
shall, on the second Monday of September, A. D. 1862, appear before some
Judge of the Supreme Court, or someone of the Judges of the Superior Courts
of Law, and take and subscribe the oath now prescribed by law for qualification
of Governor of this State, and shall immediately enter upon the discharge
of the duties of his office; which oath is taken and subscribed shall be
filed in the office of the Secretary of State.
SEC. 5. Be it further
ordained, That His Excellency, Henry T. Clark, shall continue to hold the
office and discharge the duties of Governor of this State from the first
Thursday in August until the second Monday in September next or until his
successor shall be qualified, as fully and to all intents and purposes
as he has heretofore done, and shall receive the usual salary, in proportion
to his extended term of service.
Passed and ratified in
open Convention on the 2nd day of May A.
D. 1862.
XII. AN ORDINANCE TO
ALLOW CERTAIN PERSONS TO VOTE FOR GOVERNOR IN ANY OTHER THAN THE COIJNTIES
IN WHICH THEY RESIDE.
SECTION 1. Be it ordained
by the Delegates of the people of North Carolina in convention assembled,
and it is hereby ordained by the authority of the same, That any citizen
of this State who shall be entitled to vote for Governor in the county
wherein he is domiciled, shall be entitled to vote for Governor in
any county in this State.
SEC. 2. Be it further
ordained, That it shall or may be lawful for the Sheriffs of the counties
in this State in the possession of or under the control of the enemy to
compare the poles of their respective counties for Governor and members
of the Legislature, at any place in this State they may think proper.
SEC. 3. Be it further
ordained, That this ordinance shall be and continue in force for and during
the present war, and no longer, unless sooner repealed or modified by the
General Assembly.
Passed and ratified in
open Convention on the 12th day of May A.D. 1862.
AN ORDINANCE DECLARING
WHAT ORDINANCES OF THIS CONVENTION SHALL HAVE PERMANENT OPERATION.
SECTION 1. Be it ordained
by the Delegates of the people of North Carolina in Convention assembled,
and it is hereby ordained by the authority of the same, That the following
ordinances passed by this Convention shall be of permanent operation and
be irrepealable by the General Assembly namely:
I. An Ordinance to dissolve
the Union between the State of North Carolina and the other States united
with her under the compact of government entitled "the Constitution of
the United States."
II. An Ordinance defining
treason against the State.
III. An Ordinance to
ratify the Constitution of the Provisional Government of the Confederate
States of America.
IV. An Ordinance to ratify
the Constitution of the Confederate States of America.
V. An Ordinance to amend
the fourth section of the fourth Article of the amendments to the Constitution.
VI. An Ordinance in relation
to taxation
VII. An Ordinance to
secure to certain officers and soldiers the right to vote.
VIII. An Ordinance in
relation to taking the yeas and nays in the General Assembly.
IX. An Ordinance to amend
the second section of the fourth Article of the amendments to the Constitution.
X. An Ordinance in relation
to elections of the Senate.
XI. An Ordinance concerning
the election of Governor.
XII. An Ordinance to
allow certain persons to vote for Governor in any other County than that
in which they reside.
SEC. 2. Be it further
ordained, That all other ordinances and resolutions passed by this convention
at any of its sessions, shall have the force and effect only of acts of
the ordinary Legislature, and may be repealed or modified at the pleasure
of the General Assembly, in the same manner and to the same extent that
public statutes are liable to repeal or modification.
Passed and ratified
in open Convention on the 13th day of May A.D. 1862.
Footnote # 11
Congressman McFadden:
"I hope that is the case, but I may say to the gentleman that during the
sessions of this Economic Conference in London there is another meeting
taking place in London. We were advised by reports from London last
Sunday of the arrival of George L. Harrison, Governor of the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York, and we were advised that accompanying him was Mr. Crane,
the Deputy Governor, and James P. Warburg, of the Kuhn- Loeb banking family,
of New York and Hamburg, Germany, and also Mr. O. M. W. Sprague, recently
in the pay of Great Britain as chief economic and financial adviser of
Mr. Norman, Governor of the Bank Of England, and now supposed to represent
our Treasury. These men landed in England and rushed to the Bank
of England for private conference, taking their luggage with them, before
even going to their hotel. We know this conference has been taking
place for the past 3 days behind closed doors in the Bank of England with
these gentlemen meeting with heads of the Bank of England and the Bank
for International Settlements, of Basel, Switzerland, and the head of the
Bank France, Mr. Maret. They are discussing war debts; they are discussing
stabilization of exchanges and the Federal Reserve System, I may say to
the Members of the House.
The Federal reserve System, headed by George L. Harrison, is our premier,
who is dealing with debts behind the closed doors of the Bank of England;
and the United States Treasury is there is there, represented by O. M.
W. Sprague, who until the last 10 days was the representative of the Bank
of England, and by Mr. James P. Warburg, who is the son of the principal
author of the federal Reserve Act. Many things are being settled
behind the closed doors of the Bank of England by this group. No
doubt this group were pleased to hear that yesterday the Congress passed
amendments to the Federal Reserve Act and that the President signed the
bill which turns over to the Federal Reserve System the complete total
financial resources of money and credit in the United States. Apparently
the domination and control of the international banking group is being
strengthened....
We are being led by the international Jews operating through Great Britain
and the Bank of England, and it is the purpose of those who are directing
and cooperating that debts be reduced to 10 percent or canceled entirely....
Then there is James P. Warburg, who was called in by the President and
who has sat in on all of the conferences here in Washington participated
in by the foreign representatives recently, and he is the financial adviser
at the Economic Conference and at the conferences in the Bank of England
to which I have referred. Mr. Warburg, you undoubtedly know, is the
head of the international Jewish financial group who were largely responsible
for the loaning abroad of the vast billions of dollars by the people of
the United States and which loans are now frozen. We must not overlook
the fact, however, that J. P. Morgan & Co. were close seconds in these
transactions, and in connection with this I wish to point out that George
L. Harrison, Governor of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, is closely
identified with the Morgan House in all of the undertakings internationally
in which the Federal Reserve banks participated. Congressional Record,
June 14, 1934
At that time a man named Jacob Schiff came to this country as the agent
of certain foreign money lenders. His mission was to get control
of American railroads. This man was a Jew. He was the son of
a rabbi. He was born in one of the Rothschilds's houses in Frankfort,
Germany. He was a small fellow with a pleasant face and, if I remember
correctly, his eyes were blue. At an early age he set out from Frankfort
to seek his fortune and went to Hamburg, Germany. At Hamburg he entered
the Warburg banking establishment. The Warburgs of Hamburg are bankers
of long standing, with branches in Amsterdam and Sweden.....
Sometime before Schiff's arrival there was a firm of Jewish peddlers or
merchants in Lafayette, Ind., by the name of Kuhn & Loeb. I think
they were there about 1850. Probably they made money out of the new
settlers who passed through Indiana on their way to the Northwest.
This firm of Jews had finally moved to New York and had set themselves
up as private bankers and had grown rich. Jacob Schiff married Teresa
Loeb and became the head of Kuhn, Loeb & Co. Schiff made a great
deal of money here for himself and for the Jewish money lenders of London.
he began to give orders to Presidents almost as a matter of course.
He appears to have been a man who would stop at nothing to gain his own
ends. I do not blame him for being a Jew. I blame him for being a
trouble maker.
Russia had a powerful enemy in this man, Jacob Schiff. The people
of the United States were to believe that this enmity of his was caused
by wrongs done to Russian Jews. I look elsewhere for the motives
which animated him.
In the 1890's Schiff was the agent in this country of Ernest Cassell and
other London money lenders. These money lenders were looking forward
to a war between England and Russia and were making preparations for propaganda
designed to support England in the United States. This country was
then a debtor nation, paying a high yearly tribute to Schiff and his principals.
Schiff accordingly took it upon himself to create a prejudice in the United
States against Russia. He did this by presenting the supposed wrongs
of the Russian Jews to the American public. Unpleasant tales began
to appear in print. School children in this country were told the
Jewish children were crippled for life by Russian soldiers wielding the
knout. By unfair means a wedge was driven between Russia and the
United States.
One of Schiff's schemes was a sort of wholesale importation of Russian
Jews into the United States. He drew up divers and sundry regulations
for the temporary transplantation of these Jewish emigrants. He would
not, he said, have them enter this country through the port of New York,
because they might like New York too well to leave it for the outposts
he had selected for them. He said it would be best to have them come
in at New Orleans and to have them stay there 2 weeks, "so that they could
pick up a few words of English and get a little money" before setting off
for what he called the "American hinterland." How they were to get
the money he did not say.
Aided by Schiff and his associates, many Russian Jews came
to this country about
that time and were naturalized here. A number of these naturalized
Jews then returned to Russia. Upon their return to that country,
they immediately claimed exemption there from the regulations of domicile
imposed on Jews; that is, they claimed the right to live on purely Russian
soil because they were American citizens, or "Yankee" Jews. Disorders
occurred and were exploited in the American press. Riots and bombings
and assassinations, for which somebody furnished money, took place.
The perpetrators of these outrages appear to have been shielded by powerful
financial interests. While this was going on in Russia, a shameless
campaign of lying was conducted here, and large sums of money were spent
to make the general American public believe that the Jews in Russia were
a simple and guileless folk ground down by the Russians and needing the
protection of the great benefactor, of all the world--Uncle Sam.
In other words, we were deceived. We were so deceived that we allowed
them to come in here and to take the bread out of the mouths of our own
American citizens.
I come now to the time when war was declared between Russia and Japan.
This was bought about by a skillful use of Japan so that England would
not have to fight Russia in India. It was cheaper and more convenient
for England to have Japan fight Russia than to do it herself. As
was to be expected, Schiff and his London associates financed Japan.
They drew immense quantities of money out of the United States for that
purpose. The bankgound for the loans they floated in this country
had been skillfully prepared. The "sob stuff", of which Schiff was
a master, had sunk into the hearts of sympathetic Americans. The
loads were a great success. Millions of American dollars were sent
to Japan by Schiff and his London associates. England's stranglehold
on India was made secure. Russia was prevented form entering the
Khyber Pass and falling on India from the northwest.
Japan at the same time
was built up and became a great world power, and as such is now facing
us in the Pacific. All this was accomplished by control of the organs
of American publicity, releases to the effect that Russian Jews and "Yankee"
Jews were being persecuted in Russia, and by the selling of Japanese war
bonds to American citizens.
While the Russo-Japanese War was in progress President Theodore Roosevelt
offered to act as peacemaker, and a conference between representatives
of the belligerents was arranged to take place at Portsmouth, N.H.
When the Portsmouth Conference took place, Jacob Schiff attended it and
used such influence as he had with Theodore Roosevelt to win favors for
Japan at the expense of Russia. His main object, then as always,
was humiliation of Russians, whose only crime was that they were Russians
and not Jews. He endeavored to humiliate the Russians, but Count
Witte, the Russian plenipotentiary, did not allow him to succeed in this
attempt. Schiff's power and the power of his organized propaganda
were well understood by Count Witte, however. Consequently he was
not surprised when President Roosevelt, who was often deceived, twice asked
him to have Russia treat Russian Jews who had become naturalized in the
United States and who had thereafter returned to live in Russia with special
consideration; that is, not as Jews but as Americans. Witte carried
home a letter from Roosevelt embodying this plea.
Mr. Speaker, the restrictions upon Jews in Russia at that time may or may
not have been onerous. But onerous or not, before the Russians had
time to change them, Schiff had the 80-year-old-treaty of friendship and
good will between Russia and the United States denounced. Speaking
of this matter, Count Witte says in his autobiography: "The Russians lost
the friendship of the American people."
Mr. Speaker, I cannot believe that those people--the real Russians--ever
lost the true friendship of the American people. They were done away
with to suit the ambitions of those who intend to be the financial masters
of the world, and some of us were deceived into thinking that in some mysterious
way they, themselves, were to blame. The chasm that suddenly opened
between ourselves and our old friends and well-wishers in Russia was a
chasm created by Schiff the vindictive in his inhuman greed, and he created
it in the name of the Jewish religion....
Mr. Speaker, the people of the United States should not permit financial
interests or any other special interests to dictate the foreign policy
of the United States Government. But in this connection history is
now repeating itself. You have heard, no doubt, of the so-called
persecutions of Jews in Germany.
Mr. Speaker, there is no real persecution of Jews in Germany. Hitler
and the Warburgs, the Mendelssohns and the Rothschilds, appear to be on
the best of terms. There is no real persecution of the Jews in Germany,
but there has been a pretended persecution of them because there are 200,000
unwanted Communistic Jews in Germany, largely Galician Jews who entered
Germany after the World War, and Germany is very anxious to get rid of
those particular Communistic Jews. The Germans wish to preserve the
purity of their own blond racial stock. They are willing to keep
rich Jews like Max Warburg and Franz Mendelssohns, whose families
have lived in Germany so long that they have acquired some German national
characteristics. But the Germans are not willing to keep the Galician
Jews, the Upstarts. So a great show is put on, largely by German
Jews themselves, in the hope that Uncle Sam will prove himself to be as
foolish as he was before and that we will allow those Galician and Communistic
Jews to come in here. That is why Miss Perking has been placed in
charge of the Department of Labor. She is there to lower the immigration
bars. It is thought that, being a woman, she may disarm criticism.
She is and old hand with the international Jewish bankers. If she
were not, she would not be here in a Jewish-controlled administration.
When the so-called "anti-Semitic campaign" designed for American consumption
was launched in Germany, France was alarmed because she feared the Galician
Jews might be dumped on French soil. French newspapers published
articles concerning the menace, but now that France has been shown that
the purpose of the anti-Semitic campaign is to dump the 200,000 communistic
Jews on the United States she is worried no longer. "Ah", she says,
"1'Oncle Sam, he is to be the goat. Very good."
Mr. Speaker, I regard it as a pity that there are Americans who love to
fawn upon the money Jews and to flatter them. Some of these unfortunates
are under obligations to Jewish money changers and dare not cross them....
You have witnessed the unlawful seizure by Franklin D. Roosevelt of gold
reserves and other values belonging to the people of the United States,
the destruction of banks, the attempted whitewashing of the Federal Reserve
Board and Federal Reserve banks, the corruption of which he admitted in
his campaign harangues; and you may have noticed that what was confiscated
is not in the hands of the present constitutional Government but in the
hands of the international bankers who are the nucleus of the new government
Roosevelt is seeking to establish here. Roosevelt's actions are not
in accordance with the Constitution of the United States. They are
in accordance with the plans of the Third International.
At one time Trotzky was a favorite with Jacob Schiff. During the
war Trotzky edited Novy Mir and conducted mass meetings in New York.
When he left the United States to return to Russia, he is said upon good
authority to have traveled on Schiff's money and under Schiff's protection.
He was captured by the British at Halifax and immediately, on advice from
a highly placed personage, set free. Shortly after his arrival in
Russia he was informed that he had credit in Sweden at the Swedish branch
of the bank owned by Max Warburg, of Hamburg. This credit helped
to finance the seizure of the Russian revolution by the international Jewish
bankers. It assisted them in subverting it to their own ends.
At the present time the Soviet Union is in debt.
From the date of Trotzky's return to Russia the course of Russian
history has, indeed, been greatly affected by the operations of international
bankers. They have acted through German and English institutions
and have kept Russia in bondage to themselves. Their relatives in
Germany have drawn immense sums of money from the United States and have
in turn financed their agents in Russia at a handsome profit.
The Soviet Government has been given United States Treasury funds by the
Federal Reserve banks acting through the Chase Bank and the Guaranty
Trust Co. and other banks in New York City. England, no less than
Germany, has drown money from us through the Federal Reserve banks and
has re-lent it at high rates of interest to the Soviet Government or has
used it to finance her sales to Soviet Russia and her engineering works
within the Russian boundaries. The Dnieperstroy Dam was built with
fundsunlawfully taken from the United States Treasury by the corrupt and
dishonest Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve
banks....
Mr. Speaker, an immense amount of United States money has been used abroad
in preparations for war and in the acquisition and the manufacture of war
supplies. Germany is said to be part owner of a large poison-gas
factory at Troitsk on Russian soil. China is almost completely Sovietized,
and in the Asiatic interior huge stocks of munitions are said to be stored
awaiting the day when the war lords of the United States will ship United
States troops to Asia. Mr. Speaker, the United States should look
before it leaps into another war, especially a war in Asia. It should
decide whether it is worth while to join hands with Russia and China in
a war against Japan. For myself, I say and I have said it often that
the United States should remember George Washington's advice. It
should mind its own business and stay home. It should not permit
the Jewish international bankers to drive it into another war so that they
and their Gentile fronts and sycophants by way of Louis McHenry Howe, the
graftmaster, may reap rich profits on everything an army needs from toilet
kits to airplanes, submarined, tanks gas masks, poison gas, ammunition,
bayonets, guns, and other paraphernalia and instruments of destruction.
Congressional Record,
June 15, 1934
Congressman McFadden: "The Congress of the United States must immediately
throw the searchlight of investigation into this dark corner, or we are
going to be swamped with political influences that are manufactured in
foreign countries and that will lead us to the surrender of our heritage
of living, just as has been done on former occasions. Just
as we did, for example, when we entered into the Jay Treaty with England,
which was ratified on June 24, 1795, whereby we needlessly surrendered
our right to the freedom of the seas. We fought the War of 1812 to
regain this right, but the same political influences prevented even a discussion
of this subject at the treaty which terminated that war. President
Wilson vowed to regain the freedom of the seas at the Treaty of Versailles;
but did we regain it? Is the Jay Treaty still in force?"....
"I stand here and say to you that I have studied these records, and not
only did we adopt this monetary policy without debate, not only did we
adopt it without consideration but we adopted it without even knowledge
of what we were doing! It was a piece of legislative trickery; it
was a piece of work in the committee that was silent and secretive.
Even members of the committee did not know what was being done, according
to their own declarations. The President and Members of the House
did not know they were acting on such a measure. But, as I have said
before, the shadow of the hand of England rests over this
enactment." Congressional
Record, January 8, 1934
Congressman Young: "Old Hickory was a great soldier. His victory
at New Orleans is one of the most remarkable battles in history.
The English army outnumbered Jackson's forces. The American losses
were 13. In half an hour the English had lost 2,600 men, including
their commander, Sir Edward Pakenham, a brother-in-law of the Duke of Wellington."
Congressional
Record, January 8, 1934
Congressman Fiesinger: "You will recall the gentleman spoke about Professor
Sprague, who was in the Treasury Department as adviser to the Treasury
after he came as adviser for the Bank of England. He was also monetary
adviser to the Economic Conference in London.".....
Congressman Fiesinger: "I was just going to remark that very thing, that
the power to "coin and fix the value of money" is solely within the power
of the Congress of the United States and it cannot be delegated to anybody
else in the world."
Congressman McFadden: "Will the gentleman yield further?"
Congressman Fiesinger: " I do."
Congressman McFadden: "What does the gentleman say in regard
to the delegation of
that power to the Federal Reserve System?"....
Congressman Fiesinger: "I say it is illegal. I say it is unconstitutional,
as far as it affects the value of basic money. Power to control credits
may be in a different class."
Congressman McFadden: "The gentleman recognizes that that was done, does
he not?"
Congressman Fiesinger: "Well, I think I recognize that fact; but it may
be that Congress intended to delegate banking and credit control and not
the control of the basic money values."
Congressman McFadden: " The Federal Reserve System has the power to issue
Federal Reserve notes, which circulate as money?"
Congressman Fiesinger: "It has. Of course, they are promises
to pay. They are credits or I O U's of the bank."
Congressman McFadden: "And that power was delegated by Congress in the
Federal Reserve Act."
Congressman Fiesinger: "Yes, sir; with the intent to regulate the volume
of credit."
Congressman McFadden: "And is being pursued by them, which gives the Federal
Reserve System control over the money and credit in the United States."....
Congressman Mott: "What
does the gentleman say about the delegation by Congress to the President
to fix the value of money, under the farm bill?"
Congressman Fiesinger: "I think it was illegal, and the President did not
want it. It was forced upon him. He never asked to have the
amendment attached to the farm bill. It was forced upon him, and
he is exercising the power because he was forced to exercise it; a power
that he never wanted, and I say it is all illegal and unconstitutional."....
Congressman McFadden: "If the gentleman has been familiar with the activities
of Dr. Sprague over the history of the
Federal Reserve System,
he well knows that Dr. Sprague has been in all of the conferences, practically,
between the Bank of England, officers of the Federal Reserve bank in New
York and other central banks, which have had for their purpose the dealing
with national and international price levels. That was one of the
functions that he was exercising as expert adviser of the Bank of England."
Congressman Fiesinger: " Now, I understand that Dr. Sprague at the London
conference was willing to peg the dollar to the British pound at $3.50,
and, if he had done that, the price levels in America would have been in
the control of the Bank of England, and it would have been so low it would
have wrecked our national economy."
Congressman Lamneck: "Will the gentleman please insert at this point what
Dr. Sprague said about who should control the price level?"
Congressman Fiesinger: "I may say-I did not expect to answer that question,
but Dr. Sprague, in a conference he had, stated he believed that the value
of gold should be controlled by the British, because they were more competent,
from banking experience, so to do."
Congressional Record,
January 8, 1934
Congressman McFadden:
"Why should the United States be buying
gold and paying $35
and ounce for it? Why Should the United States be making Great Britain
a present of $14.33 and ounce on the hundreds of millions of dollars of
British gold that is being shipped to the United States through this process
be favoring four London gold brokers? Why should the United States
set a price of $35 and pay Great Britain an increase of $14.33 on ever
ounce of gold? This is interesting when you consider that three fourths
of all the gold produced in the world is produced in the British Empire.
Did we do this because Great Britain demanded it? Is it possible
that this $14.33 profit to Great Britain on every ounce of gold shipped
into the United States is for settlement of a debt that the United States
owes to Great Britain?
Congressional Record,
February 20, 1934
Congressman McFadden:
" I am quoting from the President's message to Congress on this very measure.
I quote: "That the title of all gold be in the Government. The total
stock will serve as a permanent and fixed metallic reserve which will change
in amount only as far as necessary for the settlement of international
balances or as may be required by future agreement among nations of the
world for a redistribution of the world stock of monetary gold."....
Congressman McFadden:
"I say again what I have repeatedly said, that there is a definite plan
for the redistribution of the gold of this country and of the world's gold.
The plan has been known ever since the establishment of the Bank for International
Settlements that through that medium, or one similar to it, eventually
the redistribution of gold would take place."
Congressional Record,
January 20, 1934
Congressman McFadden:
"The gentleman, of course, is aware of the
fact that the Council
of the Federation of Churches of Christ is an offshoot of the Carnegie
Foundation which is operating in this country as a British-propaganda organization,
tied up with all of the other subversive organizations which are trying
to hold down proper preparedness in the United States. [Applause]
Congressional Record,
January 30, 1934
Congressman Weideman:
"So the paramount issue of today is this: Shall the Government of the United
States be run for the benefit of the international bankers or shall the
citizens of the United States be given the right to "life, liberty, and
the pursuit of happiness"? Shall we replace the Statue of Liberty
with the golden statue erected to the god of greed? Shall we forget
that the only time our Saviour used force was when he drove the money changers
from the temple? Let us reestablish the principle that we all believe
in: That all men are entitled to a right to work, to own their own
homes, to reap a just reward for their labors, and to enjoy nature's sunshine
as God intended. We owe it to our children that we shall not depart
and leave them in a condition of bondage and slavery to organized greed
and gold.".....
Congressman Lemke: "....This nation is bankrupt; every State in this Union
is bankrupt; the people of the United States, as a whole, are bankrupt.
The public and private debts of this Nation, which are evidenced by bonds,
mortgages, notes, or other written instruments about to about $250,000,000,000,
and it is estimated that there is about $50,000,000,000 of which there
is no record, making in all about $300,000,000,000 of public and private
debts. The total physical cash value of all the property in the United
States is now estimated at about $70,000,000,000. That is more than
it would bring if sold at public auction. In this we do not include
debts or the evidence of debts, such as bonds, mortgages, and so fourth.
These are not physical property. They will have to be paid out of
the physical property. How are we going to pay $300,000,000,000 with
only $70,000,000,000?" Congressional Record, March 3, 1934
Congressman McFadden: "In view of what the gentleman has just said,
recall that Theodore Roosevelt, the year that he passed on, made a statement
to the effect that Felix Frankfurter is the most dangerous man in the United
States to our form of government."
Congressional Record,
March 13, 1934
Congressman McFadden: "...It is right in line with the plan which is now
being worked out in England. I want to point out to the House that
there is a concerted movement not only in England but in the United States.
In the United States this movement is in charge of certain men now engaged
in writing legislation in Department of Agriculture. I refer to Mr.
Tugwell, Mr. Mordecai Ezekiel, and Mr. Frank, and their immediate associates,
some of whom are in other departments and some of whom are outside; and
I may even go so far as to say that they are aided and abetted in this
matter apparently by the Secretary of Agriculture. Their action in
this matter is also assisted and aided through the agency of the Foreign
Policy Association of the United States, which is directly connected
with the Fabian Society, or a branch of it, in England, which at the present
time is attempting to take over the control of agriculture and its operation
in England, as well as the industries therein located. I call your
especial attention to the recent article, America Must Choose, by Secretary
of Agriculture Wallace, a syndicated article put out under the auspices
of the Foreign Policy Association of New York and copyrighted by them.
This article is quite in keeping with the plan of the British offspring
of the Fabian group.
One of the stalwarts against the move in England is Stanley Baldwin.
Mr. Baldwin issued a statement which was printed in the United States recently.
It was a statement made over the radio, and, if I have time, I will read
it to you, because he is standing today against the movement in England
that I am speaking against now, and that movement is evidenced by this
legislation and any other kind of legislation following, which have for
their purpose the regimenting of all production in the United States, leading
up to an absolute dictatorship.
The quotation I refer to from Mr. Baldwin is as follows: "Our freedom did
not drop down like manna from heaven. It has been fought for from
the beginning of our history and the blood of men has been shed to obtain
it. It is the result of centuries of resistance to the power of the
executive and it has brought us equal justice, trial by jury, freedom of
worship, and freedom of religious and political opinion.
Democracy is far the most difficult form of government because it requires
for perfect functioning the participation of everybody. Democracy
wants constant guarding, and for us to turn to a dictatorship would be
and act of consummate cowardice, of surrender, of confession that our strength
and courage alike had gone.
It is quite true the wheels of our state coach may be creaking in heavy
ground, but are you sure the wheels of the coach are not creaking in Moscow,
Berlin, and Vienna, and even in the United States?
The whole tendency of a dictatorship is to squeeze out the competent and
independent man and create a hierarchy accustomed to obeying. Chaos
often results when the original dictator goes.
The rise of communism or fascism--both alike believe in force as a means
of establishing their dictatorship--would kill everything that had been
grown by our people for the last 800 or 1,000 years."
The plan in England to which I am referring is the "political economic
plan", drawn up by Israel Moses Schiff, the director of a chain-store enterprise
in England called Marks & Spencer. This enterprise declared a
dividend of 40 percent for 1933, and was enabled to do so by the fact that
it has until now handled almost exclusively all imports from Soviet Russia,
which has enabled this house to undersell competitors.....
The political economic plan is in operation in the British Government by
the means of a tariff advisory board. This organization has gathered
all data and statistics obtained by governmental and private organization
in administrative, industrial, trade, social, educational, agricultural,
and other circles. Air-force statistics are in their hands, as well
as those of the law and medical professions. this organization or
group have had access to all archives of the British Government, just as
the "brain trust" here in the United States have had access to archives
of our Government departments.
Through the tariff advisory board, which was created in February of 1933,
and headed by Sir George May, the control of industry and trade is being
firmly established in the British Empire. This tariff advisory board
works in direct connection with the Treasury, and together with it devises
the tariff policy.
In this bill and the tariff bill which follows it is proposed to set up
just such a board, under the direction of the President, as the tariff
advisory board of England.
The tariff board in England has been granted the powers of a law court
and can exact under oath that all information concerning industry and trade
be given it. Iron and steel, as also cotton and industrials, in England
have been ordered by the tariff advisory board to prepare and submit plans
for the reorganization of their industries and warned that should they
fail to do so, a plan for complete reconstruction would be imposed upon
them. May I suggest to you the similarity of this plan with the N.R.A.,
and also suggest to you that the tariff advisory board in England has been
granted default powers and can, therefore, impose its plan.
The tariff board is composed, in addition to Sir George May, of Sir Sidney
Chapman, professor of economics and statistics, and Sir George Allen Powell,
of the British Food Board and Food Council. And it is a well-known
fact that this particular political economic group has close connection
with the Foreign Policy Association in New York.
I wish to quote from a letter from a correspondent of mine abroad, as follows:
"It appears that the alleged "brain trust" is supposed to greatly influence
the present United States policy. Neither you nor I are particularly
interested in what takes place in England, but what should interest us
both, it seems to me, is that there is a strong possibility that certain
members of the "brain trust" around our President are undoubtedly in touch
with this British organization and possibly are working to introduce a
similar plan in the United States.
I understand the "brain trust" is largely composed of Professor Frankfurter,
Professor Moley, Professor Tugwell, Adolph Berle, William C. Bullitt and
the mysterious Mordecai Ezekiel. I think there is no doubt that these
men all belong to this particular organization with distinct Bolshevik
tendencies. So it is quite possible that should this political economic
plan be developed in the United States, if this alleged "brain trust" has
really a serious influence over the judgement of our President, this plan
may be attempted in our country."
Need I point out to you, who have been observing the activities of the
so-called "brain trust" in the writing and sending to the Congress of legislation,
that this legislation has for its purpose the virtual setting up in the
United States of a plan similar to that which is being worked out in England.
I am assured by serious people who are in a position to know that this
organization practically controls the British Government, and it is the
opinion of those who do know that this highly organized and well-financed
movement is intended to practically Sovietize the English-speaking race.
I wish to quote again from my correspondent, as follows: Some 2 months
ago when Lsrael Moses Sieff, the present head of this organization, was
urged to show more activity by the members of his committee, he said, "Let
us go slowly for a while and wait until we see how our plan carries out
in America.""
Congressional Record,
March 15, 1934
Congressman Patman: "....A
Federal Reserve bank has a great privilege. It has the right to issue
a blanket mortgage on all the property of all the people of this country.
It is called a Federal Reserve note. For that privilege section 16
of the act provides that when the Government prints a Federal Reserve note
and guarantees to pay that note and delivers it to a Federal Reserve bank,
that Federal Reserve bank shall pay--it seems to be mandatory--the rate
of interest that is set by the Federal Reserve Board. The law has
never been put into effect. The Federal Reserve Board sets the zero
rate. Instead of charging an interest rate which the law says they
shall charge, they set no rate at all.
Therefore, for the use of this great Government credit, these blanket mortgages
that are issued against all the property of all the people of this Nation
and against the incomes of all the people of this Nation, they do not pay
one penny. Not one penny of the stack of the Federal Reserve banks
is owned by the Government or the people, but it is owned by private banks
exclusively. They do not pay one penny for the use of that great
privilege, to the people or to the Government." Congressional
Record, April 9, 1934
Congressman McFadden: "....Whereas
the lobbying activities of the said British Ambassador, Sir Ronald lindsay,
carried on in the halls of the Capitol, at the British Embassy, in the houses
of citizens of the United States, in the offices of predatory international
bankers, on shipboard, on the trains, and elsewhere, have for their purpose
the taking from the United States Treasury of assets which it is the sworn duty
of this Government to protect by every means within its power, not stopping
short of war, if need be; and whereas the said Linday's lobbying activities
likewise have for their purpose the defeat of measures enacted into law by the
Government of the United States to insure the repayment of moneys advanced to
Great Britain on her written promise to repay them; and whereas the lobbying
activities of Sir Ronald Lindsay likewise have for their object the overthrow
of the Government of the United States and its reorganization as a part of the
British Empire:....
Congressional Record, June 14,
1934

|